[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2014038868A1 - Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same - Google Patents

Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014038868A1
WO2014038868A1 PCT/KR2013/008025 KR2013008025W WO2014038868A1 WO 2014038868 A1 WO2014038868 A1 WO 2014038868A1 KR 2013008025 W KR2013008025 W KR 2013008025W WO 2014038868 A1 WO2014038868 A1 WO 2014038868A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
carbon atoms
unsubstituted
norbornene
benzyloxy
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/KR2013/008025
Other languages
French (fr)
Korean (ko)
Inventor
한정윤
유동우
이성경
전성호
최대승
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
LG Chem Ltd
Original Assignee
LG Chem Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by LG Chem Ltd filed Critical LG Chem Ltd
Priority to US14/419,634 priority Critical patent/US20150210792A1/en
Priority to JP2015531007A priority patent/JP2015533883A/en
Priority to CN201380046833.5A priority patent/CN104619733A/en
Priority claimed from KR1020130106598A external-priority patent/KR20140032904A/en
Publication of WO2014038868A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014038868A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • C08G61/04Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C08G61/06Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes only aliphatic carbon atoms prepared by ring-opening of carbocyclic compounds
    • C08G61/08Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes only aliphatic carbon atoms prepared by ring-opening of carbocyclic compounds of carbocyclic compounds containing one or more carbon-to-carbon double bonds in the ring
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1337Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
    • G02F1/13378Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation
    • G02F1/133788Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers by treatment of the surface, e.g. embossing, rubbing or light irradiation by light irradiation, e.g. linearly polarised light photo-polymerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/141Side-chains having aliphatic units
    • C08G2261/1414Unsaturated aliphatic units
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/142Side-chains containing oxygen
    • C08G2261/1426Side-chains containing oxygen containing carboxy groups (COOH) and/or -C(=O)O-moieties
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/10Definition of the polymer structure
    • C08G2261/14Side-groups
    • C08G2261/148Side-chains having aromatic units
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/33Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating non-aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/332Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating non-aromatic structural elements in the main chain containing only carbon atoms
    • C08G2261/3324Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating non-aromatic structural elements in the main chain containing only carbon atoms derived from norbornene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/41Organometallic coupling reactions
    • C08G2261/418Ring opening metathesis polymerisation [ROMP]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/90Applications
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment

Definitions

  • Photo-alignment polymer, alignment film and liquid crystal retardation film comprising the same
  • the present invention relates to a photo-alignment polymer, an alignment film comprising the same, and a liquid crystal retardation film. More specifically, the present invention relates to an optical alignment polymer which can be easily changed in the alignment direction according to the polarization direction and can be preferably applied to an alignment film of a stereoscopic display device, an alignment film including the same, and a liquid crystal retardation film.
  • TFT-LCDs thin film transistor liquid crystal displays
  • liquid crystal As an optical switch in such a TFT-LCD, the liquid crystal must be initially oriented in a predetermined direction on a layer on which the innermost thin film transistor of the display cell is formed, and a liquid crystal alignment layer is used for this purpose.
  • liquid crystal alignment For such liquid crystal alignment, a rubbing process in which a heat-resistant polymer such as polyimide is applied on a transparent glass to form a polymer alignment layer, and a rubbing process of rubbing the alignment layer while rotating a rotating roller wrapped with a rubbing cloth such as nylon or rayon at high speed is performed. It has been applied.
  • the rubbing process may cause mechanical scratches on the surface of the liquid crystal aligning agent during rubbing, or may cause high static electricity, thereby destroying the thin film transistor.
  • defects are generated due to the fine fibers generated in the rubbing cloth, which is an obstacle in improving production yield.
  • a newly designed liquid crystal alignment method is liquid crystal alignment (hereinafter, referred to as "optical alignment") by light such as UV.
  • Photo-alignment refers to a mechanism that forms photopolymerizable liquid crystal alignment layers in which liquid crystals are oriented by the photosensitive groups bonded to a constant photo-alignment polymer by linearly polarized UV, causing photoreactions. Refers to.
  • photoalignment examples include M. Schadt et al. (Jpn. ⁇ Appl. Phys., Vol 31., 1992, 2155), Dae S. Kang et al. (US Pat. Phys. Vol. 34, 1995, UOOO).
  • the photo-oriented polymers used in these patents and papers are mainly polycinnamate-based polymers such as poly (vinyl cinnamate) (PVCN) or poly (inyl methoxycinnamate (PVMC).
  • PVCN poly (vinyl cinnamate)
  • PVMC poly (inyl methoxycinnamate
  • Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-181127 discloses a polymer having a side chain including photosensitive groups such as cinnamate groups in a main chain such as acrylate and methacrylate, and an alignment film containing the same.
  • Korean Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002- 0006819 discloses the use of an alignment film made of a polymethacrylic polymer.
  • the present invention is to provide a photo-alignment polymer that can be easily changed in the alignment direction according to the polarization direction and can be preferably applied to the alignment film of the stereoscopic display device.
  • the present invention also provides an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film containing the photoalignable polymer.
  • this invention provides the display element containing the said orientation film or liquid crystal retardation film.
  • the present invention relates to a photoalignable polymer comprising a cyclic olefin repeat unit in which at least one photoreactive functional group is substituted, the first UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a first polarization direction of 60 mJ / cm 2 or less.
  • the second UV polarized light having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a second polarization direction changed by 90 ° from the first polarization direction to a total amount of light of 60 mJ / cm 2 or less
  • a photoalignable polymer having an absorbance (AR) of at least 0.02 which is defined by Equation 1 below, is provided:
  • A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength among the wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the first photoalignment
  • A2 is the maximum absorption wavelength among the wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the secondary photoalignment. The absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured is shown.
  • the cyclic olefin repeat unit may include a repeat unit of Formula 3a or 3b: [Formula 3a] [Formula 3b]
  • m is 50 to 5000
  • R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a radical selected from the group consisting of Formulas 1a and 1b, and is a radical of Formula 1a or 1b.
  • R1 to R4 except for the same or different from each other, each of which is hydrogen hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; And a polar functional group including at least one selected from oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and boron, wherein R1 to R4 are hydrogen; halogen; Or when it is not a polar functional group, one or more combinations selected from the group consisting of R1 and R2, R3 and ⁇ 4 are connected to each other to form an
  • Formula 1 a and 1 t » A is a simple bond, oxygen, sulfur or -NH-
  • B is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, ester, substituted Or unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms
  • X is oxygen or sulfur
  • R9 is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted Arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylene having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms,
  • the present invention also provides an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film containing the photoalignable polymer.
  • this invention provides the display element containing the said oriented film or liquid crystal retardation film.
  • the photoalignable polymer of the present invention a change in the orientation direction according to the polarization direction can be quite freely shown.
  • the photo-alignment polymer may be very preferably applied to a patterned retardation film or a patterned cell alignment film applied for realizing a three-dimensional stereoscopic image.
  • the patterned retardation film or the cell alignment film can be produced very efficiently by only one mask process.
  • the photo-alignment polymer and the alignment film including the same may be very preferably applied to various liquid crystal display devices applied for realizing a stereoscopic image.
  • FIG. 1 schematically shows an example of a conventional alignment layer structure.
  • a photo-alignment polymer comprising a cyclic olefin repeat unit substituted with one or more photo-banung functional groups, the first UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315nm, the first polarization direction)
  • the second UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a second polarization direction changed by 90 ° from the first polarization direction is about 60 mJ /
  • A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength of about 280 to 330 nm, for example, about 300 nm after the first photoalignment, and A2 after the second photoalignment, In a wavelength of about 280-330 nm Absorbance for the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength, for example about 300 nm.
  • the photoalignment when the photoalignment is performed by irradiating UV polarization in a predetermined polarization direction with respect to the photoalignment polymer, the double bond included in the photoreactive functional group causes dimerization, and thus the photoalignment polymers are in one direction. Arranged in the form of anisotropy and the optical orientation can proceed.
  • the absorbance after the dimerization and photo-alignment by the UV polarization irradiation, the absorbance is reduced because the structure capable of further photoreaction is reduced. Therefore, the difference between the absorbance after the first photoalignment and the absorbance after the second photoalignment becomes more than a certain level.
  • the photoalignable polymers When the second photoalignment is performed after the first photoalignment, the photoalignable polymers have a dimerization and a second photofold above a certain level. It may reflect that the fragrance is smooth.
  • the absorbance of Equation 1 reaches about 0.02 or more.
  • Such photo-orientable polymers can cause a significant degree of dimerization and secondary photo-alignment by changing the direction of polarization of the photoreactive functional groups, even when the photo-polarization group undergoes secondary photo-alignment. Therefore, in order to provide a patterned retardation film or an alignment film using such a photo-alignment polymer, the mask process does not need to be performed two or more times, and a patterning that shows excellent orientation in each region with a single mask process alone is required. A retardation film, an orientation film, etc. can be manufactured.
  • the first photo-alignment proceeds by irradiating UV polarization in a predetermined direction to the front surface first, only in a certain region through a single mask process
  • the photo-alignment polymer of the above embodiment may be very preferably applied to a patterned retardation film or an alignment film applied for realizing a stereoscopic image.
  • none of the previously known photo-alignment polymers have satisfied the above-mentioned properties.
  • existing photo-alignment polymers are not moved once the alignment direction is determined by polarization. Or, even if it is moving, it was necessary to proceed the secondary photo-alignment with the polarization of the other direction having a very strong light amount. Therefore, in the case of using the existing polymers, in order to obtain a patterned retardation film or the like, it was necessary to irradiate polarizations in one direction different from each other in each region, and at least two mask processes need to be performed for this purpose. there was.
  • optical orientation polymer of one embodiment will be described in more detail.
  • the photo-orientation polymer has an optical absorption rate (AR of at least about 0.02), even though the primary and secondary photo-alignments proceed at a low total light amount of about 60 mJ / cm 2 or less, for example, about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 . More specifically, it may be about 0.02 to 0.08.
  • AR optical absorption rate
  • the photo-orientation polymer has an optical absorption rate (AR of at least about 0.02), even though the primary and secondary photo-alignments proceed at a low total light amount of about 60 mJ / cm 2 or less, for example, about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 . More specifically, it may be about 0.02 to 0.08.
  • AR optical absorption rate
  • the photo-alignment polymer the light absorption rate when the total light amount in the primary photo-alignment is about 20 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the total light amount in the secondary photo-alignment is about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 (AR) may be about 0.02 to 0.05.
  • the photo-alignment polymer has a light absorption rate when the total light amount of the primary photo-alignment yarn is about 3 to 20 mJ / cm 2 , the total light amount of the secondary photo-alignment is about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 ) Is about 0.02 to 0.08, black is about 0.03 to 0.08, and when the total amount of light in the secondary photoalignment is about 15 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the absorbance (AR) is about 0.04 to 0.08 Can be.
  • the optical alignment polymer exhibits a change in the orientation direction and the secondary photoalignment of a predetermined level or more according to the change in polarization direction even when the total light 1 ⁇ 2 in the primary photoalignment is relatively strong so that no additional light reflection structure remains.
  • the photoalignable polymer has a higher degree of secondary photoalignment and orientation change due to a change in polarization direction when the total amount of light in the primary photoalignment is relatively weak and the total amount of light in the secondary photoalignment is relatively strong. Can be represented.
  • the degree of change in the orientation direction in the first and second optical alignment or the second optical alignment can be controlled. It can be used very efficiently to provide a patterned retardation film or an alignment film exhibiting the desired orientation for each region.
  • the above-described photo-alignment polymer basically exhibits a certain level of absorbance after the first photo-alignment due to the excellent light reflection property and the photo-alignment, and also changes the orientation direction change and the secondary photo-alignment more than a certain level according to the polarization direction change. As shown, the above-described absorbance can be exhibited even after the secondary photoalignment.
  • the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment can be easily provided with a patterned retardation film or an alignment film without two mask processes.
  • the above-described properties of the absorbance (AR), etc. of Formula 1 have not achieved any previously known photo-alignment polymers, it can be achieved by using a photo-alignment polymer obtained from a predetermined cyclic olefin compound .
  • a photo-alignment polymer obtained from a predetermined cyclic olefin compound obtained from a predetermined cyclic olefin compound .
  • q is an integer of 0 to 4
  • at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a radical selected from the group consisting of Chemical Formulas 1a and 1b and ⁇ R1 except that it is a radical of Chemical Formula 1a or 1b.
  • R4 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or substituted substituted linear or branched alkyl of 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; And a polar functional group including at least one selected from oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silmecon, and boron, wherein R1 to R4 are hydrogen; halogen; Or when it is not a polar functional group, one or more combinations selected from the group consisting of R1 and R2, R3 and R4 are connected to each other to form an alkylidene group
  • A is a simple bond, oxygen, sulfur or -NH-
  • B is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, ester, substituted or Unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms
  • X is oxygen or sulfur
  • R9 is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C1-20 and alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-20 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C12 cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted Arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylene having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one of R10 to R14 is- Radicals
  • aryl is to be a "phenyl It may be a radical represented by 2, in addition to a radical having a variety of aryl and linker L:
  • R15 and R16 are as defined in Formula 1, R17 to R21 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; It is selected from the group consisting of hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing a hetero element of Group 14, 15 or 16, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the radical represented by Formula 2 may be unsubstituted or benzyloxy substituted with halogen or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Such a cyclic leulevine compound has a substituent represented by -L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms) at the terminal of a photoreactive functional group, such as cinnamate structure.
  • a photoreactive functional group such as cinnamate structure.
  • substituents include those aralkyl structures in which alkyl and aryl are sequentially linked via a linker L.
  • a linker L As a bulky chemical structure such as the aralkyl structure is connected to the end of the photoreactive functional group via a linker L, a large free volume can be secured between the photoreactive functional groups. This may be due to steric hindrance of the bulky aralkyl structures.
  • photoreactive functional groups such as cinnamate structure can be relatively freely moved (flowed) or reacted in a free space largely secured. Inhibition of other reaction groups or substituents is minimized. As a result, the photoreactive functional groups are relatively free with the change of polarization direction.
  • a hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, including a group 14, 15 or 16 hetero element may be selected from the group consisting of the functional groups listed below, and in addition, may be various aryls or hetero aryls:
  • the R '10 to R' 18 are the same or different from each other, and the rest are each independently substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to 20 carbon atoms Alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • At least one of R1 to R4 of Formula 1 may be a photoreactive functional group of Formula 1a or 1b, for example, at least one of R1 or R2 may be the photoreactive functional group.
  • alkyl means a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon moiety of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may encompass not only unsubstituted but also further substituted by a certain substituent described below.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, nucleus, dodecyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, Dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, iodomethyl, bromomethyl and the like.
  • Alkenyl means a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon moiety of 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond. . Alkenyl groups may be bonded through a carbon atom comprising a carbon-carbon double bond or through a saturated carbon atom. Alkenyl groups may be broadly referred to as unsubstituted as well as those further substituted by the following substituents. Examples of the alkenyl group include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, pentenyl, 5-nucenenyl, dodecenyl, and the like.
  • Cycloalkyl is a saturated or unsaturated of 3 to 12 ring carbons It means a non-aromatic monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety, and may be referred to collectively further substituted by a certain substituent described below. For example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclonuxyl, cyclonuxenyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, adamantyl, norbornyl (i.e., bicyclo [2,2, 1] hept-5-enyl).
  • Aryl means a monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety having from 6 to 40, preferably from 6 to 12 ring atoms, further substituted by the following substituents Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, naphthalenyl, fluorenyl and the like.
  • Alkoxyaryl means that at least one hydrogen atom of the aryl group as defined above is substituted with an alkoxy group.
  • alkoxy aryl group examples include mepsicyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, appendoxyphenyl, pentoxyphenyl, hexoxyphenyl, hepoxy, octoxy, nanoxy, methoxybiphenyl, methoxynaphthalenyl, Methoxy fluorenyl, methoxy anthracenyl, and the like.
  • Alkyl means that at least two hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group as defined above are substituted with an aryl group, and may also be referred to as those further substituted by a specific substituent described below. For example, benzyl, benzhydryl, trityl, etc. are mentioned.
  • Alkynyl 1 is a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon moiety containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond.
  • An alkynyl group may be bonded through a carbon atom including a carbon-carbon triple bond or through a saturated carbon atom, and alkynyl group may be broadly referred to as further substituted by the following substituents. For example, ethynyl, propynyl, etc. are mentioned.
  • Alkylene '' is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more Preferably a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon moiety of 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylene group can also be referred to collectively further substituted by certain substituents described below.
  • methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, nuylene, etc. are mentioned.
  • Alkenylene ' 1 is 2 to 1 containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond
  • Alkenylene groups may be bonded through a carbon atom comprising a carbon-carbon double bond and / or through a saturated carbon atom. Alkenylene group can also refer to what is further substituted by the specific substituent mentioned later.
  • Cycloalkylene '' means a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic divalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety of 3 to 12 ring carbons, encompassing those further substituted by certain substituents described below. For example, cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene, etc. are mentioned.
  • arylene "means a divalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety having from 6 to 20, preferably from 6 to 12 ring atoms, further substituted by the following substituents
  • the aromatic moiety includes only carbon atoms, and examples of the arylene group include phenylene and the like.
  • Alkylene '' means a divalent moiety in which at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group defined above is substituted with an aryl group, and may also be referred to as being further substituted by a specific substituent described below. , Benzylene and the like.
  • Alkynylene '' is from 2 to containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond
  • Alkynylene groups are grouped via a carbon atom containing a carbon-carbon triple bond or through a saturated carbon atom. Can be combined through. Alkynylene groups can also be referred to collectively further substituted by certain substituents described below. For example, ethynylene, propynylene, etc. are mentioned.
  • substituted or unsubstituted encompasses not only each of these substituents themselves, but also those further substituted by certain substituents.
  • substituents that may be substituted are halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, aryl, haloaryl, aralkyl, haloaralkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, carbonyloxy , Halocarbonyloxy, aryloxy, haloaryloxy, silyl, siloxy, or the aforementioned polar functional group 11 containing oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon or boron.
  • the above-mentioned cyclic olephine compound may be prepared according to a conventional method for introducing a cyclic olephine, for example, a predetermined substituent, more specifically, a photoreactive functional group of formula (1a) or (1b), to a norbornene-based compound.
  • a norbornene (alkyl) ol such as norbornene methanol
  • a carboxylic acid compound having a photoreactive functional group of Formula 1a or 1b may be used to prepare the cyclic urelepine compound.
  • the above-described cyclic olefin compound may be prepared by introducing the photoreactive functional group in various ways.
  • photo-orientable polymers are cyclic olefinic repeating units, which are the main repeating units, and may include repeating units of the following Chemical Formula 3a or 3b: [Formula 3a] [Formula 3b]
  • Such photo-orientable polymers contain repeating units derived from the above-mentioned cyclic olefin compounds, and because of the bulky aralkyl structure bonded via the linker Lol mediated at the end of the photoreactive functional group, there is a great freedom between the photoreactive functional groups. Space can be secured. For this reason, in the photo-alignment polymer, the photoreactive functional groups can move (flow) or react relatively freely in a free space largely secured. Accordingly, the photo-alignment polymer may exhibit a relatively free change in the orientation direction according to the change in the polarization direction and exhibit excellent secondary photo-alignment, and may satisfy the characteristics of the above-described embodiment.
  • the photoalignable polymer includes a norbornene-based repeating unit of Formula 3a or 3b as a main repeating unit.
  • Such norbornene-based repeating units are structurally hard, and photo-alignment polymers containing the same have a relatively high glass transition temperature (Tg) of about 30 C C or higher, preferably about 300 to 350 ° C. It can exhibit excellent thermal stability compared to the.
  • the photo-alignment polymer is a repeating unit of the formula 3a or 3b although it may include only one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of, it may be a copolymer further comprising other types of repeating units together.
  • repeating units include, but are not limited to, cinnamate-based chalcone-based or azo-based photoreactive functional groups (e.g., general photoreactive functional groups in which bulky aralkyl structures are not terminally introduced) It may be a fin repeating unit, an acrylate repeating unit or a cyclic ' olefin repeating unit. Examples of such repeating units are disclosed in Patent Publication No. 2010-0021751 and the like.
  • the photo-alignment polymer may be about 50 mol% or more, specifically about 50 to 100 mol%, preferably about 70 mol% so that various properties such as excellent orientation and orientation speed according to Chemical Formula 3a or 3b are not impaired.
  • the above content may include Formula 3a or 3b and a repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit of Formula 3a or 3b constituting the photoalignable polymer may have a polymerization degree of about 50 to 5,000, preferably a polymerization degree of about 100 to 4000, and more preferably about 1000 to 3000.
  • the photo-alignment polymer may have a weight average molecular weight of about 10000 to 1000000, preferably about 20000 to 500000. Accordingly, the photo-alignment polymer may be appropriately included in the coating composition for forming the alignment layer to exhibit excellent coating properties, but the alignment layer formed therefrom may exhibit excellent liquid crystal alignment.
  • the above-described photoalignable polymer may exhibit photoalignment under exposure of polarized light having a wavelength of about 150 to 450 nm, for example, UV Young having a wavelength of about 200 to 400 nm, more specifically, a wavelength of about 280 to 315 nm. Excellent photo-alignment property, orientation speed, etc. can be shown under exposure of the reverse polarization. More specifically, the photo-alignment polymer may absorb UV polarization in the wavelength region of about 270 to 340 nm, more specifically, about 300 nm, and may exhibit the above-described characteristic values with respect to absorbance (AR).
  • polarized light having a wavelength of about 150 to 450 nm, for example, UV Young having a wavelength of about 200 to 400 nm, more specifically, a wavelength of about 280 to 315 nm. Excellent photo-alignment property, orientation speed, etc. can be shown under exposure of the reverse polarization. More specifically, the photo-alignment polymer may absorb UV polarization
  • the above-described photo-alignment polymer is a repeating unit of formula 3a or 3b In the case of inclusion, it may be prepared according to the method described below.
  • one embodiment of the production method is a step of addition polymerization of the monomer of Formula 1 to form a repeating unit of Formula 3a in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 10
  • a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 10
  • a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 10
  • Can include:
  • the polymerization reaction may be carried out at a temperature of 10 ° C to 200 ° C. If the reaction temperature is less than 10 ° C. may be lowered the polymerization activity, if the reaction temperature is greater than 200 ° C catalyst is decomposed it is not preferable.
  • the cocatalyst may include a first cocatalyst which provides a Lewis base capable of weakly coordinating with the metal of the procatalyst; And a second co-catalyst for providing a compound comprising a group 15 electron donor ligand may comprise one or more selected from the group consisting of.
  • the cocatalyst may be a catalyst mixture comprising a first cocatalyst that provides the Lewis base, and a second cocatalyst, optionally comprising a neutral Group 15 electron donor ligand.
  • the catalyst mixture may include 1 to 1000 moles of the first cocatalyst and 1 to 1000 moles of the second cocatalyst with respect to 1 mole of the procatalyst.
  • the catalyst activation may not be performed properly, on the contrary, when the content of the first or second cocatalyst is too large, the catalytic activity may be lowered.
  • the first co-catalyst that provides a Lewis base that can be weakly coordinated with the metal of the procatalyst is easily reacted with the Lewis base to form a vacancy in the transition metal, and also to stabilize the transition metal thus produced.
  • the weakly coordinated bond with the transition metal compound or a compound providing the same can be used.
  • borate such as B (C 6 F 5 ) 3 or borate such as dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, methylaluminoxane (MAO) or AI (C 2 H) 5 ) alkyl aluminum such as 3 , or transition metal halide such as AgSbF 6 .
  • an alkyl phosphine, a cycloalkyl phosphine, or a phenyl phosphine may be used as a second cocatalyst to provide a compound including the neutral group 15 electron donor ligand.
  • first and second cocatalysts may be used separately, these two cocatalysts may be used as a compound to activate the catalyst by making one salt into one salt.
  • a compound or the like made by ion-bonding alkyl phosphine and borane or borate compound may be used.
  • a repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3a and a photoalignable polymer including the same may be prepared.
  • the photo-alignment polymer further contains an olefin repeat unit, a cyclic olefin repeat unit, an acrylate repeat unit, or the like, these repeat units are formed by a conventional production method of each repeat unit, and the method described above.
  • the photoalignable polymer may be obtained by copolymerization with a repeating unit of Formula 3a.
  • the photo-alignment polymer includes a repeating unit of Formula 3b, it can be prepared according to another embodiment of the manufacturing method.
  • the monomer of Formula 1 in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst including a transition metal of Group 4, 6, or 8, the monomer of Formula 1 may be ring-opened to form a repeating unit of Formula 3b. Forming a step.
  • the photo-alignment polymer including the repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 3b in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4, Group 6, or Group 8, Norbornene (alkyl) ols, such as norbornene methanol, may be prepared by ring-opening polymerization as a monomer to form a ring-opening polymer having a pentagonal ring, and then introducing a photoreactive functional group into the ring-opening polymer.
  • the introduction of the photoreactive functional group may proceed as a reaction to condense the ring-opening polymer with a carboxylic acid compound or an acyl chloride compound having a photoreactive functional group corresponding to Formula 1a or 1b.
  • ring-opening polymerization step when hydrogen is added to the divalent bond in the norbornene ring included in the monomer of Chemical Formula 1, ring-opening may proceed, and the polymerization proceeds, so that the repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3b and the photo-oriented polymer including the same Can be prepared.
  • the polymerization and ring opening may be sequentially performed to produce the photoalignable polymer.
  • the ring-opening polymerization is a procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g., ⁇ , Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, Os), the metal of the procatalyst
  • a transition metal of Group 4 e.g., ⁇ , Zr, Hf
  • Group 6 e.g. Mo, W
  • Group 8 e.g. Ru, Os
  • linear alkene such as 1-alkene and 2-alkene, which can adjust the molecular weight size
  • linear alkene such as 1-alkene and 2-alkene, which can adjust the molecular weight size
  • Group 4 for example, Ti, Zr
  • Group 8 to Group 10
  • a catalyst containing a transition metal addition of the monomer prepared from 1 to 30 parts by weight 0/0 for example, Ru, Ni, Pd
  • the reaction of hydrogenating the double bond in the norbornene ring can proceed at a temperature.
  • reaction temperature is too low, there is a problem that the polymerization activity is lowered, and if the reaction temperature is too high, the catalyst is decomposed, which is not preferable.
  • the hydrogenation reaction temperature is too low, there is a problem that the activity of the hydrogenation reaction is lowered, if too high a problem that the catalyst is decomposed, it is not preferable.
  • the catalyst mixture may be added to one mole of the procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g. Ti, Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, Os).
  • Activation comprising 1 to 100,000 moles of cocatalyst which provides a Lewis base capable of weakly coordinating with the metal of the procatalyst, and elements of neutral Group 15 and 16 which can optionally enhance the activity of the procatalyst metal
  • the activator comprises 1 to 100 moles per mole of procatalyst.
  • the content of the promoter is less than 1 mole there is a problem that the catalyst activation is not made, if larger than 100,000 moles there is a problem that the catalyst activity is lowered is not preferred.
  • the activator may not be necessary depending on the type of procatalyst. If the content of the activator is less than 1 mole there is a problem that the catalyst activation is not made, and if it is larger than 100 moles there is a problem that the molecular weight is lowered is not preferred.
  • Group 4 eg Ti, Zr
  • Group 8 to be used for the hydrogenation reaction
  • Group 10 for example, Ru, Ni, Pd
  • the content of the catalyst is smaller than the monomer prepared 1 weight 0 /. Containing a transition metal and is a problem in that the hydrogenation does not easily made large when poly than 30 weight 0/0 It is not preferable because there is a problem of discoloration of the mer.
  • the procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g. Ti, Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, OS) may be added to the cocatalyst for providing Lewis acid.
  • a transition metal of Group 4 e.g. Ti, Zr, Hf
  • Group 6 e.g. Mo, W
  • Group 8 e.g. Ru, OS
  • M0CI5 0CI5
  • RuCI 3 or ZrCI 4 which have a functional group that readily participates in the Lewis acid-base reaction and is separated from the central metal so that it can be easily separated and converted into a catalytically active species.
  • Transition metal It may refer to a compound.
  • the co-catalyst which provides a Lewis base that can weakly coordinate with the metal of the procatalyst may be borane or borate such as B (C 6 F 5 ) 3 , methylaluminoxane (MAO) or AI (C 2 H 5).
  • Alkyl aluminum, alkyl aluminum halide, and aluminum halide such as AI 3 (CH 3 ) CI 2 can be used.
  • substituents such as lithium, magnesium, germanium, lead, zinc, tin, and silicon may be used.
  • An activator of polymerization can be added, it may not be necessary depending on the kind of procatalyst.
  • An activator containing neutral Group 15 and Group 16 elements that can enhance the activity of the procatalyst metal is water, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, pemol, ethyl mercaptan ): 2-chloroethanol, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, ethylene oxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxide and the like.
  • Catalysts containing transition metals of Group 4 (eg Ti, Zr) black or Group 8 to 10 (eg Ru, Ni, Pd) used in hydrogenation reactions are homogeneous forms that can be immediately mixed with the solvent. Or a metal catalyst complex supported on the particulate support.
  • the particulate support is silica, titania, silica / chromia, silica / chromia / titania, silica / alumina, aluminum phosphate gel silanized silica, silica hydrogel montmorillonone clay or zeolite.
  • a repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3b and a photoalignable polymer including the same may be prepared. Moreover, even when the said photo-alignment polymer further contains an olefin type repeating unit, a cyclic olefin type repeating unit, or an acrylate type repeating unit, these repeating units are prepared by the conventional manufacturing method of each repeating unit.
  • the photo-alignment polymer may be obtained by forming and copolymerizing with the repeating unit of Formula 3b prepared by the above-described method.
  • an alignment film comprising the above-described photo-alignment polymer.
  • Such an alignment film may also include an alignment film in the form of a film as well as a thin film.
  • a liquid crystal retardation film comprising such an alignment film and a liquid crystal layer on the alignment film.
  • Such an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film may be manufactured using constituents and production methods known in the art, except for including the above-described photoalignable polymer.
  • the alignment layer may be formed by mixing the photo-alignment polymer, the binder resin and the photoinitiator and dissolving it in an organic solvent to obtain a coating composition, then coating the coating composition on a substrate and performing UV curing.
  • the binder resin may be an acrylate-based resin, more specifically, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythroxy nuxaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, tris (2-acryl Monooxyethyl) isocyanurate or the like can be used.
  • a conventional photoinitiator known to be usable for the alignment layer may be used without particular limitation, and for example, a photoinitiator known under the trade name 13 ⁇ 43) " 690 thereof 819 may be used.
  • organic solvent toluene, anisole, chlorobenzene, dichloroethane, cyclonucleic acid, cyclopentane, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and the like can be used. Since the photo-orientation polymer described above exhibits excellent solubility in various organic solvents, various organic solvents may be used without particular limitation.
  • the optical orientation of the polymer, the solid concentration, which comprises a binder resin and a photo-initiator may be about 1 to 15% by weight, about 10 to 15 parts by weight 0/0 in order to cast the film, the alignment film to form Preferably, in order to form a thin film, about 1 to 5 weight 0 /. Is preferable.
  • the alignment layer thus formed may be formed on the substrate, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 1, and may be formed under the liquid crystal to align the same.
  • the substrate may include a substrate including a cyclic polymer, a substrate including an acrylic polymer, or a substrate including a cellulose polymer, and various methods such as bar coating, spin coating, and blade coating of the coating composition. After coating on the substrate to form an alignment film by UV curing.
  • Photo-alignment may occur due to the UV curing.
  • alignment may be performed by irradiating polarized UV in a wavelength range of about 150 to 450 nm.
  • the intensity of the exposure may be about 50 mJ / cin 2 to 10 J / cuf of energy, preferably about 500 mJ / cu to 5J / crf.
  • the UV is a polarizing device using a substrate coated with a dielectric anisotropic material on the surface of a transparent substrate, such as quartz glass, soda lime glass, soda lime free glass, 2 a polarizer plate finely deposited aluminum or metal wire, or 3 quartz Polarized UV selected from polarized UV may be applied by passing or reflecting the Brewster polarizer round due to the reflection of the glass.
  • a transparent substrate such as quartz glass, soda lime glass, soda lime free glass, 2 a polarizer plate finely deposited aluminum or metal wire, or 3 quartz Polarized UV selected from polarized UV may be applied by passing or reflecting the Brewster polarizer round due to the reflection of the glass.
  • the substrate temperature at the time of irradiating the said UV normal temperature is preferable. However, in some cases, it may be irradiated with UV in a heated state within a temperature range of 100 ° C or less.
  • the film thickness of the final coating film formed by the above series of processes is preferably 30 to 1000 rai.
  • An alignment film is formed by the method mentioned above, a liquid crystal layer is formed on it, and a liquid crystal phase difference film can be manufactured in accordance with a conventional method.
  • a liquid crystal retardation film may be a patterned liquid crystal retardation film applied for realizing a stereoscopic image or the like.
  • the alignment layer includes two types of alignment layers having different alignment directions of the photo-alignment polymers, and the liquid crystal layer is divided into two regions oriented by each alignment layer and patterned. Can be.
  • the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment using the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment,
  • the patterned liquid crystal retardation film can be produced very easily and efficiently through the front exposure of UV polarization and the secondary exposure of UV polarization applying a single mask process.
  • such a patterned liquid crystal retardation film may exhibit excellent orientation and the like for each region, and may greatly contribute to the implementation of a good stereoscopic image.
  • the above-described alignment film or liquid crystal retardation film may be applied to an optical film or an optical filter for realizing a stereoscopic image.
  • a display device including the alignment layer or the liquid crystal retardation film is provided.
  • the display device may be a liquid crystal display device in which the alignment film is included for alignment of liquid crystals, or a stereoscopic image display device included in an optical film or a filter such as a liquid crystal retardation film for realizing a stereoscopic image.
  • the configuration of these display elements is in accordance with the configuration of the conventional elements, except that the above-described photo-alignment polymer, the alignment film and the like, and the like, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • preferred embodiments are presented to help understand the invention. However, the following examples are only to illustrate the invention, not limited to the invention only.
  • Example 1 Except for using norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene.
  • Example 3 Preparation of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)
  • Example 7 except that norbornene-5-ethanol was used instead of ⁇ 1 ", the reaction was carried out in the same manner and under the same procedure. 4- (4-methyl-bennzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene was prepared.
  • Example 1 In Example 1, except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions. 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate -5-norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.20 to 1.27 (2, m)
  • Example 20 Preparation of 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (prepared with a cyclic olefin compound) Except for using norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 19, 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene was prepared in the same manner and reaction. .
  • Example 19 except that norbornene-5-ethanol-i- was used instead of norbornene-5-ol, the reaction was carried out according to the same method and conditions as for 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. Prepared.
  • Example ⁇ The reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, and 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate -5- norbornene was prepared.
  • Example 22 In Example 22, norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol Except for those used, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene.
  • Example 24 Preparation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)
  • Example 22 except for using norbornene-5-ethanol ⁇ r instead of norbornene-5-ol, the reaction was carried out according to the same method and conditions to obtain 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. Prepared.
  • Example 25 norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol Except for the use, reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene.
  • Example 28 the reaction was carried out by the same method and conditions except for the use of norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol, to obtain 4- (4- Trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene was prepared.
  • Example 30 Preparation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (prepared with a cyclic olefin compound)
  • Example 28 except that norbornene-5-ol was used instead of norbornene-5-ethan, the reaction was carried out by the same method and conditions to prepare 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. All.
  • reaction product was added to an excess of ethanol to obtain a white polymer precipitate.
  • Example 36 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ⁇ l thickening
  • Example 37 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ Polymerization 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 .
  • Example 38 Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 39 Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 4 except that 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 6 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example I 1.
  • Example 41 Polymerization of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene
  • Example 42 Incorporation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene
  • Example 1 except that 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (50mmol) of Example 9 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene as a monomer.
  • Example 44 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene polymerization
  • Example 45 Polymerization of 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 34 except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ⁇ (50 mmol) of Example 12 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 46 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ polymerization
  • Example 47 Integration of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 48 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ⁇ 9uaujoqjou-g-9iBUJBUU! 0- (Axo
  • Example 52 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1.
  • Example 53 Polymerization of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 54 Polymerization of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 55 Polymerization of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene
  • Example 56 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene // u O sssooS O SMld 8988sAV
  • Example 34 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 27 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 61 Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene
  • Example 62 Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 63 Incorporation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 63 Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 , except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 30 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 34.
  • Example 65 Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene
  • Example 34 and 34 except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50 mmol) of Example 32 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 1.
  • Example 66 Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene
  • Example 67 Preparation of Polymers by 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ l ring opening methathesis polymerization and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 69 Preparation of polymers by ring-opening polymerization of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 70 Polymerization by 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene and Polymer Preparation by Hydrogenation Same as Example 67 except for using the 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol) 3 ⁇ 4- monomer of Example 4 instead of the 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 71 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 72 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 73 Preparation of Polymers by 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ l Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation
  • Example 67 and except that 4- (4-methyl-benzy! Oxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 7 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 75 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 76 Preparation of Polymers by 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ 'Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation
  • Example 77 Preparation of polymer by ring-opening polymerization of 4- (4-m ethoxy-benzyloxy) -ci n mate-5-methyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 77 Same as Example 67 except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 11 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 79 Polymer preparation by 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ⁇ ring-opening polymerization and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 80 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 81 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 81 Same as Example 67, except that 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 15 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 82 Preparation of Polymers by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene
  • Example 83 Polymer Preparation by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 84 Polymer Preparation by 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ring-opening polymerization and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 85 Polymerization by Ring Opening and Hydrogenation of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene
  • Example 87 Preparation of polymers by ring-opening polymerization of 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 87 Preparation of polymer by ring-opening synthesis of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene and hydrogenation reaction
  • Example 89 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 89 Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 23 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67.
  • Example 90 Ring-opening polymerization of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and polymer preparation by hydrogenation reaction Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 24 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67.
  • Example 91 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene
  • Example 67 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of I 25 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 92 Preparation of Polymers by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene
  • Example 1 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 26 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1 1.
  • Example 93 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 67 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 27 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1
  • Example 94 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 67 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene and Hydrogenation
  • Example 95 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • Example 97 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbomene and Hydrogenation
  • Example .99 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene
  • the toluene solution in which the photo-oriented polymers (2 to 3 wt% of the solution) of Examples 35 and 44 were dissolved on the glass substrate was dropped, and spin coating was performed. After drying for 2 minutes at 10C C, the wavelength of 280 to 315nm and UV polarization having a predetermined polarization direction was irradiated to proceed with the first photoalignment, and the alignment layer was rotated by 90 ° to turn the polarization direction. UV polarization was performed under the same conditions as the primary photoalignment to proceed the secondary photoalignment. The total light amount during the primary and secondary photo-alignment was adjusted through the irradiation time, the total light amount was as summarized in Table 1 below.
  • absorbance was measured through UV absorbance after the first and second photo alignment.
  • the reference wavelength was used 300nm, and the absorbance was measured using a UV-vis spectrometer. From these absorbance measurement results, the absorbances A1 and A2 after primary and secondary photoalignment were derived, and absorbance (AR) was obtained from Equation 1 below and is shown in Table 1 below.
  • A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured after the first photoalignment at the maximum absorption wavelength (about 300 nm in this test example) of about 280 to 330 nm
  • the area ratio of the unoriented part (visual discrimination) to the area of the entire alignment layer is calculated, and accordingly, the orientation is evaluated on a five-point basis, and the results are shown in Table 1 below. .
  • ENTRY 1 to 33 that satisfies the absorbance (AR) of about 0.02 or more, as an experimental result using the photoalignable polymer of the embodiment, it was confirmed that exhibits excellent orientation after the primary and secondary orientation, In particular, it was confirmed that even after the secondary alignment, the change in the orientation direction according to the polarization direction was free, thereby showing excellent orientation.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a photoalignment polymer in which an alignment direction according to a polarization direction can be easily changed, and which photoalignment polymer can be desirably applied to an alignment layer or the like of a stereoscopic display device. The present invention also relates to an alignment layer and a liquid crystal retardation film comprising the photoalignment polymer. The photoalignment polymer comprises a cyclic olefin-based repeating unit substituted with one or more photoreactive functional groups. The photoalignment polymer has an absorption rate (AR) of 0.02 or higher defined by a specific formula when primary photoalignment is performed by radiating first polarized UV light having a wavelength of 280 to 315nm and a first polarization direction in the total quantity of light of 60 mJ/cm2 or less, and secondary photoalignment is performed by radiating second polarized UV light having a wavelength of 280 to 315nm and a second polarization direction which is changed by 90° from the first polarization direction in the total quantity of light of 60 mJ/cm2 or less.

Description

【명세서】  【Specification】

【발명의 명칭】  [Name of invention]

광배향성 중합체, 이를 포함하는 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름  Photo-alignment polymer, alignment film and liquid crystal retardation film comprising the same

[기술분야】  [Technical Field]

본 발명은 광배향성 중합체, 이를 포함하는 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름에 관한 것이다. 보다 구체적으로, 본 발명은 편광방향에 따른 배향방향의 변화가 용이하여 입체 표시장치의 배향막 등에 바람직하게 적용될 수 있는 광배향성 중합체, 이를 포함하는 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름에 관한 것이다.  The present invention relates to a photo-alignment polymer, an alignment film comprising the same, and a liquid crystal retardation film. More specifically, the present invention relates to an optical alignment polymer which can be easily changed in the alignment direction according to the polarization direction and can be preferably applied to an alignment film of a stereoscopic display device, an alignment film including the same, and a liquid crystal retardation film.

【배경기술]  Background technology

액정 디스플레이가 대형화되면서 모바일폰이나 노트북 등의 개인용에서 점차 벽걸이 TV 등의 가정용으로 용도가 확장됨에 따라, 액정 디스플레이에 대해서는 고화질 고품위화 및 광시야각이 요구되고 있다. 특히 박막트랜지스터 액정 디스플레이 (TFT-LCD)는 개개의 화소를 독립적으로 구동시키기 때문에 액정의 웅답속도가 매우 뛰어나 고화질의 동화상을 구현할 수 있어 점차 웅용범위가 확장되고 있다.  As the size of liquid crystal displays increases, the use of mobile phones, laptops, and the like gradually expands to home use, such as wall-mounted TVs, and thus, high definition, high quality and wide viewing angles are required for liquid crystal displays. In particular, thin film transistor liquid crystal displays (TFT-LCDs) independently drive individual pixels, and thus, the response range of liquid crystals is very high, and high-quality moving images can be realized.

이러한 TFT-LCD에서 액정이 광스위치로서 사용될 수 있기 위해서는 디스플레이 샐의 가장 안쪽의 박막트랜지스터가 형성된 층 위에 액정이 일정 방향으로 초기 배향되어야만 하는데, 이를 위해 액정 배향막이 사용되고 있다.  In order to use a liquid crystal as an optical switch in such a TFT-LCD, the liquid crystal must be initially oriented in a predetermined direction on a layer on which the innermost thin film transistor of the display cell is formed, and a liquid crystal alignment layer is used for this purpose.

이러한 액정 배향을 위해, 폴리이미드 등의 내열성 고분자를 투명 유리 위에 도포하여 고분자 배향막을 성층하고, 나일론, 레이온 등의 러빙 천을 감은 회전 를러를 고속 회전시키면서 배향막을 문질러 배향시키는 러빙 공정 (rubbing process)이 적용된 바 있다. 그러나, 러빙 공정은 러빙시 액정 배향제 표면에 기계적인 스크랫치를 생기게 하거나, 높은 정전기를 발생시키기 때문에 박막 트랜지스터가 파괴될 수 있다. 또한 러빙천에서 발생되는 미세한 파이버 등으로 인해 불량이 발생되어 생산수율 향상에 장애가 되고 있다. 이와 같은 러빙 공정의 문제점을 극복하여 생산적인 측면에 혁신을 이루고자 새롭게 고안된 액정 배향 방식이 UV와 같은 광에 의한 액정 배향 (이하, "광배향" )이다. For such liquid crystal alignment, a rubbing process in which a heat-resistant polymer such as polyimide is applied on a transparent glass to form a polymer alignment layer, and a rubbing process of rubbing the alignment layer while rotating a rotating roller wrapped with a rubbing cloth such as nylon or rayon at high speed is performed. It has been applied. However, the rubbing process may cause mechanical scratches on the surface of the liquid crystal aligning agent during rubbing, or may cause high static electricity, thereby destroying the thin film transistor. In addition, defects are generated due to the fine fibers generated in the rubbing cloth, which is an obstacle in improving production yield. In order to overcome the problems of this rubbing process and to innovate in terms of productivity, a newly designed liquid crystal alignment method is liquid crystal alignment (hereinafter, referred to as "optical alignment") by light such as UV.

광배향이란 선편광 된 UV에 의해서 일정한 광배향성 고분자에 결합된 감광성 그룹이 광반웅을 일으키고 이 과정에서 고분자의 주쇄가 일정 방향으로 배열을 하게 됨으로써 결국 액정이 배향되는 광중합형 액정 배향막을 형성하는 메커니즘을 지칭한다.  Photo-alignment refers to a mechanism that forms photopolymerizable liquid crystal alignment layers in which liquid crystals are oriented by the photosensitive groups bonded to a constant photo-alignment polymer by linearly polarized UV, causing photoreactions. Refers to.

이와 같은 광배향의 대표적인예가 M. Schadt등 (Jpn.丄 Appl. Phys., Vol31., 1992, 2155), Dae S. Kang 등 (미국특허 제 5,464,669호), Yuriy Reznikov(Jpn. J. Appl. Phys. Vol. 34, 1995, UOOO)이 발표한 광중합에 의한 광배향이다. 이러한 특허 및 논문에서 사용된 광배향 중합체는 주로 PVCN(poly( vinyl cinnamate)) 또는 PVMC(poly( inyl methoxycinnamate))와 같은 폴리신나메이트계 폴리머이다. 이를 광배향 시킬 경우, 조사된 UV에 의해서 신나메이트의 이중결합이 [2+2] 고리화 첨가 ([2+2] cycloaddition) 반웅을 하여 시클로부탄 (cydobutane)이 형성되며, 이로 인해 이방성이 형성되어 액정분자를 한 방향으로 배열시켜 액정의 배향이 유도되는 것이다. 이외에도, 일본 특개평 11-181127에는 아크릴레이트, 메타크릴레이트 등의 주쇄에 신나메이트기 등의 감광성기를 포함하는 측쇄를 갖는 중합체 및 이를 포함하는 배향막이 개시되어 있다. 또한, 한국 특허 공개 제 2002- 0006819 호에는 폴리메타크릴계 중합체로 된 배향막의 사용에 대해 개시하고 있다.  Representative examples of such photoalignment include M. Schadt et al. (Jpn. 丄 Appl. Phys., Vol 31., 1992, 2155), Dae S. Kang et al. (US Pat. Phys. Vol. 34, 1995, UOOO). The photo-oriented polymers used in these patents and papers are mainly polycinnamate-based polymers such as poly (vinyl cinnamate) (PVCN) or poly (inyl methoxycinnamate (PVMC). In the case of photo-alignment, the double bond of cinnamate reacts with [2 + 2] cycloaddition to form cyclobutane by irradiated UV, resulting in anisotropy. The alignment of the liquid crystal molecules is induced by arranging the liquid crystal molecules in one direction. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 11-181127 discloses a polymer having a side chain including photosensitive groups such as cinnamate groups in a main chain such as acrylate and methacrylate, and an alignment film containing the same. In addition, Korean Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002- 0006819 discloses the use of an alignment film made of a polymethacrylic polymer.

한편 최근 들어 광배향성 중합체 및 이를 이용한 광배향이 입체 화상의 구현 등에 적용되고 있다. 그런데, 이러한 광배향을 이용해 입체 화상 등을 구현하기 위해서는, 단일한 배향막 내에 서로 다른 배향방향을 갖는 광배향성 중합체들을 함께 포함시킬 필요가 있다. 이전에는, 이를 위해 기재 상에 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 조성물을 도포한 후, 2회 이상의 마스크 공정을 통해 각 영역별로 상이한 방향의 편광을 조사하여, 각 영역에 포함된 중합체들의 배향방향을 다르게 조절하였다. 이 러 한 종래 기술에 따르면, 마스크 공정 이 2회 이상 진행되어 야 할 필요성 때문에, 상기 배향막의 형성 공정 이 매우 복잡하게 되 었으며, 그 공정 수율도 낮아지고, 단가 또한 매우 높아지는 문제점 이 있었다. Recently, photo-alignment polymers and photo-alignments using the same have been applied to the implementation of stereoscopic images. However, in order to implement a stereoscopic image using such photoalignment, it is necessary to include photoalignment polymers having different alignment directions together in a single alignment layer. Previously, after applying a composition containing a photo-alignment polymer on the substrate for this purpose, by irradiating the polarization in different directions for each region through two or more mask process, to adjust the orientation direction of the polymers included in each region differently It was. According to this prior art, because the mask process needs to be performed two or more times, the formation process of the alignment layer is very complicated, the yield of the process is also low, the unit cost is also very high.

【발명의 내용]  [Contents of the Invention]

【해결하려는 과제】  [Problem to solve]

본 발명은 편광방향에 따른 배향방향의 변화가 용이하여 입 체 표시장치의 배향막 등에 바람직하게 적용될 수 있는 광배향성 중합체를 제공하는 것이다.  The present invention is to provide a photo-alignment polymer that can be easily changed in the alignment direction according to the polarization direction and can be preferably applied to the alignment film of the stereoscopic display device.

본 발명은 또한, 상기 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름을 제공하는 것 이다.  The present invention also provides an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film containing the photoalignable polymer.

또한, 본 발명은 상기 배향막 또는 액정 위상차 필름을 포함하는 표시 소자를 제공하는 것이다. ,  Moreover, this invention provides the display element containing the said orientation film or liquid crystal retardation film. ,

【과제의 해결 수단】  [Measures of problem]

본 발명은 하나 이상의 광반웅성 작용기가 치환된 고리 형 올레핀계 반복단위를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체로서, 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향을 갖는 제 1 UV 편광을 60 mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 1차 광배향을 진행한 후ᅳ 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향에서 90° 변화된 제 2 편광 방향을 갖는 제 2 UV 편광을 60 mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 2차 광배향을 진행하였을 때, 하기 식 1로 정 의되는 흡광율 (AR)이 0.02 이상인 광배향성 중합체를 제공한다: The present invention relates to a photoalignable polymer comprising a cyclic olefin repeat unit in which at least one photoreactive functional group is substituted, the first UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a first polarization direction of 60 mJ / cm 2 or less. After the first optical alignment by irradiating with the total amount of light, the second UV polarized light having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a second polarization direction changed by 90 ° from the first polarization direction to a total amount of light of 60 mJ / cm 2 or less When irradiated with secondary photoalignment, a photoalignable polymer having an absorbance (AR) of at least 0.02, which is defined by Equation 1 below, is provided:

[식 1 ] Equation 1

흡광율 (AR) = ( | A1 - A2 | )/( A1 + A2)  Absorbance (AR) = (| A1-A2 |) / (A1 + A2)

상기 식에서, A1은 1차 광배향 후에 , 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최대 흡수 파장에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타내며, A2는 2차 광배향 후에 , 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최 대 흡수 파장에서 측정 된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타낸다.  Wherein A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength among the wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the first photoalignment, and A2 is the maximum absorption wavelength among the wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the secondary photoalignment. The absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured is shown.

상기 광배향성 중합체에서, 상기 고리 형 올레핀계 반복단위는 하기 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위를 포함할 수 있다: [화학식 3a] [화학식 3b] In the photoalignable polymer, the cyclic olefin repeat unit may include a repeat unit of Formula 3a or 3b: [Formula 3a] [Formula 3b]

Figure imgf000006_0001
Figure imgf000006_0001

상기 화학식 3a 및 3b에서 각각 독립적으로, m은 50 내지 5000이고, R1, R2, R3, 및 R4 중 적어도 하나는 하기 화학식 1a 및 1b로 이루어진 군으로부터 선택된 라디칼이며, 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 라디칼인 것을 제외한 나머지 R1 내지 R4는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 록립적으로 수소; 할로겐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알케닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알키닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴; 및 산소, 질소, 인, 황, 실리콘, 및 보론 중에서 선택된 적어도 하나 이상을 포함하는 극성 작용기로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, 상기 R1 내지 R4 가 수소; 할로겐; 또는 극성 작용기가 아닌 경우, R1 과 R2, R3 와只4로 이루어진 군에서 선택된 하나 이상의 조합미 서로 연결되어 탄소수 1 내지 10의 알킬리덴 그룹을 형성하거나, 또는 R1 또는 R2 가 R3 및 R4 중의 어느 하나와 연결되어 탄소수 4 내지 12의 포화 또는 불포화 지방족 고리, 또는 탄소수 6 내지 24의 방향족 고리를 형성할 수 있으며, ¬식 1b]  In the formulas 3a and 3b, each independently, m is 50 to 5000, and at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a radical selected from the group consisting of Formulas 1a and 1b, and is a radical of Formula 1a or 1b. The remaining R1 to R4 except for the same or different from each other, each of which is hydrogen hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; And a polar functional group including at least one selected from oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and boron, wherein R1 to R4 are hydrogen; halogen; Or when it is not a polar functional group, one or more combinations selected from the group consisting of R1 and R2, R3 and 只 4 are connected to each other to form an alkylidene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R1 or R2 is any one of R3 and R4 To form a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic ring of 4 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic ring of 6 to 24 carbon atoms,

Figure imgf000006_0002
상기 화학식 1 a 및 1 t»에서, A는 단순결합, 산소, 황 또는 -NH-이고, B는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시 , 에스테르, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로아릴렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, X는 산소 또는 황이고; R9는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알케닐렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬렌, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 7 내지 15의 아르알킬렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알키 닐렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되며, R10 내지 R14 중 적어도 하나는 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)로 표시되는 라디칼이고, 이를 제외 한 나머지 R10 내지 R14는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소, 할로겐, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬; 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시 ; 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴 및 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 헤테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로 아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택되 고 L은 산소, 황, -NH-, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시 , -CONH- 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌으로 이루어 진 군에서 선택되고, R15는 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 1 내지 10의 알킬이고, R16은 단순결합, -0-, -C(=O)O-, -OC(=O)-, -NH-, -S- 및 -C(=O)-로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다.
Figure imgf000006_0002
In Formula 1 a and 1 t », A is a simple bond, oxygen, sulfur or -NH-, B is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, ester, substituted Or unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, X is oxygen or sulfur; R9 is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted Arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylene having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one of R10 to R14 is- Radicals represented by L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms), except for the remaining R10 to R14, which are the same as or different from each other, and are each independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted Alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms and hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms including hetero group of 14, 15 or 16 group, L is oxygen, sulfur, -NH-, Selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted C1-20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, -CONH- and substituted or unsubstituted C6-40 arylene, R15 is substituted or unsubstituted carbon number Alkyl of 1 to 10, R 16 is a simple bond, -0-, -C (= 0) O-, -OC (= 0)-, -NH-, -S- and -C (= 0)- Selected from the group.

본 발명은 또한, 상기 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름을 제공한다.  The present invention also provides an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film containing the photoalignable polymer.

또한 본 발명은 상기 배향막 또는 액정 위상차 필름을 포함하는 표시 소자를 제공한다.  Moreover, this invention provides the display element containing the said oriented film or liquid crystal retardation film.

[발명의 효과】 본 발명의 광배향성 중합체는 편광방향에 따른 배향방향의 변화가 상당히 자유롭게 나타날 수 있다. 이 때문에, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 3차원 입 체 화상의 구현 등을 위해 적용되는 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 패턴화된 cell 배향막 등에 매우 바람직하게 적용될 수 있다. 특히 , 상기 광배향성 중합체가 비교적 자유롭게 배향방향을 변화시킬 수 있기 때문에, 1회의 마스크 공정만으로도 상기 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 cell 배향막 등을 매우 효율적으로 제조할 수 있다. [Effects of the Invention】 In the photoalignable polymer of the present invention, a change in the orientation direction according to the polarization direction can be quite freely shown. For this reason, the photo-alignment polymer may be very preferably applied to a patterned retardation film or a patterned cell alignment film applied for realizing a three-dimensional stereoscopic image. In particular, since the photo-alignment polymer can change the orientation direction relatively freely, the patterned retardation film or the cell alignment film can be produced very efficiently by only one mask process.

따라서 , 상기 광배향성 중합체 및 이를 포함하는 배향막 등은 입 체 화상의 구현 등을 위해 적용되는 다양한 액정 표시 소자에 매우 바람직하게 적용될 수 있다.  Therefore, the photo-alignment polymer and the alignment film including the same may be very preferably applied to various liquid crystal display devices applied for realizing a stereoscopic image.

【도면의 간단한 설명 ]  【Brief Description of Drawings】

도 1은 통상적 인 배향막 구조의 일례를 모식 적으로 나타낸 것 이다. 1 schematically shows an example of a conventional alignment layer structure.

【발명을 실사하기 위 한 구체적 인 내용】 [Specific Contents for Due Diligence]

이하, 발명의 구현예에 따른 광배향성 중합체 및 배향막 둥에 대해 상세히 설명하기로 한다.  Hereinafter, a photoalignable polymer and an alignment layer in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

발명의 일 구현예에 따르면, 하나 이상의 광반웅성 작용기가 치환된 고리 형 올레핀계 반복단위를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체로서 , 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향을 갖는 제 1 UV 편광을 약 ) mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 1차 광배향을 진행한 후, 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향에서 90° 변화된 제 2 편광 방향을 갖는 제 2 UV 편광을 약 60 mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 2차 광배향을 진행하였을 때, 하기 식 1로 정의되는 흡광율 (AR)이 약 0.02 이상인 광배향성 중합체가 제공된다: According to one embodiment of the invention, a photo-alignment polymer comprising a cyclic olefin repeat unit substituted with one or more photo-banung functional groups, the first UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315nm, the first polarization direction) After irradiating with the total amount of light of mJ / cm 2 or less and performing the first optical alignment, the second UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a second polarization direction changed by 90 ° from the first polarization direction is about 60 mJ / When undergoing secondary photoalignment by irradiation with a total amount of light of cm 2 or less, a photoalignable polymer having an absorbance (AR) of about 0.02 or more, which is defined by Equation 1 below, is provided:

[식 1]  [Equation 1]

흡광율 (AR) = ( | A1 - A2 | )/(A1 + A2)  Absorbance (AR) = (| A1-A2 |) / (A1 + A2)

상기 식 에서 , A1은 1차 광배향 후에 , 약 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최 대 흡수 파장, 예를 들어, 약 300nm에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타내며, A2는 2차 광배향 후에, , 약 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최 대 흡수 파장, 예를 들에 약 300nm에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 대한 흡광도를 나타낸다. In the above formula, A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength of about 280 to 330 nm, for example, about 300 nm after the first photoalignment, and A2 after the second photoalignment, In a wavelength of about 280-330 nm Absorbance for the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength, for example about 300 nm.

통상적으로, 광배향성 중합체에 대해 일정 편광 방향의 UV 편광을 조사하여 광배향을 진행하게 되면, 광반웅성 작용기에 포함된 이중결합이 dimerization 등을 일으키 게 되며, 이로 인해 상기 광배향성 중합체들이 어느 한 방향으로 배열되고 이방성 이 형성되면서 광배향이 진행될 수 있다. 그런데, 이 러 한 UV 편광 조사에 의 해 dimerization 및 광배향이 일어난 후에는, 그만큼 추가 광반응 가능한 구조가 줄어들어 흡광도는 줄어들게 된다. 따라서 , 1차 광배향 후의 흡광도와 2차 광배향 후의 흡광도의 차이가 일정 수준 이상으로 됨은, 1차 광배향 후 2차 광배향을 진행하였을 때, 광배향성 중합체들이 일정 수준 이상의 dimerization 및 2차 광배향이 원활히 일으켰음을 반영할 수 있다.  In general, when the photoalignment is performed by irradiating UV polarization in a predetermined polarization direction with respect to the photoalignment polymer, the double bond included in the photoreactive functional group causes dimerization, and thus the photoalignment polymers are in one direction. Arranged in the form of anisotropy and the optical orientation can proceed. However, after the dimerization and photo-alignment by the UV polarization irradiation, the absorbance is reduced because the structure capable of further photoreaction is reduced. Therefore, the difference between the absorbance after the first photoalignment and the absorbance after the second photoalignment becomes more than a certain level. When the second photoalignment is performed after the first photoalignment, the photoalignable polymers have a dimerization and a second photofold above a certain level. It may reflect that the fragrance is smooth.

특히 , 일 구현예의 광배향성 중합체는 1차 광배향 후 편광방향을 바꾸어 2차 광배향올 진행하였을 때 , 상기 식 1의 흡광율이 약 0.02 이상에 이르게 된다. 이 러 한 광배향성 중합체는 편광방향을 바꾸어 2차 광배향을 진행했을 때에도 광반웅성 작용기들이 자유톱게 배향방향을 바꾸어 상당한 수준의 dimerization 및 2차 광배향을 일으킬 수 있다. 따라서 , 이 러한 광배향성 중합체를 사용하여 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등을 제공하고자 하는 경우, 마스크 공정 이 2회 이상 진행될 필요가 없으며 , 단일한 마스크 공정 만으로도 각 영 역별로 우수한 배향성을 나타내는 패턴화된ᅳ 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등을 제조할 수 있다. 즉, 기 재 상에 상기 광배향성 중합체를 포함한 조성물을 도포한 후, 1차로 일정 방향의 UV 편광을 전면에 조사하여 1차 광배향을 진행하고 나서, 단일한 마스크 공정을 통해 일정 영 역 에 만 변경된 편광 방향을 갖는 UV 편광을 조사하는 경우, 각 영 역별로 중합체들의 배향방향이 상이하게 조절된 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막을 용이하고도 효율적으로 얻을 수 있다. 그러므로, 상기 일 구현예의 광배향성 중합체는 입체 화상의 구현을 위해 적용되는 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등에 매우 바람직하게 적용될 수 있다. 이 에 비해, 이 전에 알려진 어떠 한 광배향성 중합체도 상술한 특성을 층족하지 못하였으며, 특히 , 기존의 광배향성 중합체들은 일정 방향꾀 편광에 의하여 한번 배향방향이 결정되 면, 그 배향방향이 움직 이지 않거나, 움직 이더라도 매우 강한 광량을 갖는 다른 방향의 편광으로 2차 광배향을 진행할 필요가 있었다. 이 때문에 , 기존의 중합체들을 사용하는 경우, 패턴화된 위상차 필름 등을 얻기 위해서는, 각 영 역 별로 서로 상이 한 방향의 편광을 조사할 수밖에 없었으며, 이를 위해 최소 2회 이상의 마스크 공정을 진행할 필요가 있었다. Particularly, in the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment, when the secondary photoalignment is performed by changing the polarization direction after the primary photoalignment, the absorbance of Equation 1 reaches about 0.02 or more. Such photo-orientable polymers can cause a significant degree of dimerization and secondary photo-alignment by changing the direction of polarization of the photoreactive functional groups, even when the photo-polarization group undergoes secondary photo-alignment. Therefore, in order to provide a patterned retardation film or an alignment film using such a photo-alignment polymer, the mask process does not need to be performed two or more times, and a patterning that shows excellent orientation in each region with a single mask process alone is required. A retardation film, an orientation film, etc. can be manufactured. That is, after applying the composition containing the photo-alignment polymer on the substrate, the first photo-alignment proceeds by irradiating UV polarization in a predetermined direction to the front surface first, only in a certain region through a single mask process When irradiating UV polarization having a changed polarization direction, it is possible to easily and efficiently obtain a patterned retardation film or an alignment film in which the orientation directions of the polymers are adjusted differently for each region. Therefore, the photo-alignment polymer of the above embodiment may be very preferably applied to a patterned retardation film or an alignment film applied for realizing a stereoscopic image. In contrast, none of the previously known photo-alignment polymers have satisfied the above-mentioned properties. In particular, existing photo-alignment polymers are not moved once the alignment direction is determined by polarization. Or, even if it is moving, it was necessary to proceed the secondary photo-alignment with the polarization of the other direction having a very strong light amount. Therefore, in the case of using the existing polymers, in order to obtain a patterned retardation film or the like, it was necessary to irradiate polarizations in one direction different from each other in each region, and at least two mask processes need to be performed for this purpose. there was.

이하, 일 구현예의 광배향성 중합체에 대해 보다 구체적으로 설명하기로 한다.  Hereinafter, the optical orientation polymer of one embodiment will be described in more detail.

상기 광배향성 중합체는 1차 및 2차 광배향을 약 60 mJ/cm2 이하, 예를 들어, 약 3 내지 60 mJ/cm2의 낮은 총 광량으로 진행하더라도, 상기 흡광율 (AR 약 0.02 이상, 보다 구체적으로 약 0.02 내지 0.08에 달할 수 있다. 이와 같이 , 약한 광량 하에 편광 방향을 바꾸어 2차 광배향을 진행하더라도 배향방향의 변화가 자유로우며, 그 결과 2차 광배향을 효율적으로 진행할 수 있으므로, 단일한 마스크 공정만으로 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등을 매우 용이하게 제공할 수 있게 된다. The photo-orientation polymer has an optical absorption rate (AR of at least about 0.02), even though the primary and secondary photo-alignments proceed at a low total light amount of about 60 mJ / cm 2 or less, for example, about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 . More specifically, it may be about 0.02 to 0.08. As described above, even if the secondary optical alignment is performed by changing the polarization direction under a weak amount of light, the orientation direction is free to change, and as a result, the secondary optical alignment can be efficiently performed. Only a single mask process can provide a patterned retardation film or an alignment film very easily.

보다 구체적으로, 상기 광배향성 중합체는, 1차 광배향시 의 총 광량이 약 20 내지 60 mJ/cm2이고, 2차 광배향시 의 총 광량이 약 3 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 약 0.02 내지 0.05로 될 수 있다. 또한, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 상기 1차 광배향사의 총 광량이 약 3 내지 20 mJ/cm2이고, 2차 광배향시의 총 광량이 약 3 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 약 0.02 내지 0.08, 흑은 약 0.03 내지 0.08로 될 수 있고, 상기 2차 광배향시의 총 광량이 약 15 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 약 0.04 내지 0.08로 될 수 있다. More specifically, the photo-alignment polymer, the light absorption rate when the total light amount in the primary photo-alignment is about 20 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the total light amount in the secondary photo-alignment is about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 (AR) may be about 0.02 to 0.05. In addition, the photo-alignment polymer has a light absorption rate when the total light amount of the primary photo-alignment yarn is about 3 to 20 mJ / cm 2 , the total light amount of the secondary photo-alignment is about 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 ) Is about 0.02 to 0.08, black is about 0.03 to 0.08, and when the total amount of light in the secondary photoalignment is about 15 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the absorbance (AR) is about 0.04 to 0.08 Can be.

이와 같이, 상기 광배향성 증합체는 1차 광배향시 의 총 광½이 비교적 강하여 추가 광반웅 가능한 구조가 많이 남아있지 않을 때조차도, 편광 방향 변화에 따라 일정 수준 이상의 배향방향 변화 및 2차 광배향성을 나타낼 수 있다. 더 나아가, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 1차 광배향시의 총 광량이 상대적으로 약하고 2차 광배향시 의 총 광량이 상대적으로 강한 경우, 편광 방향의 변화에 따른 보다 높은 2차 광배향성 및 배향방향의 변화 정도를 나타낼 수 있다. 이 와 같이 , 1차 및 2차 광배향시 의 광조사 시 간이나 총 광량 등을 조절함으로서 , 1차 및 2차 광배향 정도나 2차 광배향시 의 배향방향 변화 정도를 조절할 수 있으므로, 상기 중합체를 이용해 각 영 역별로 원하는 배향성을 나타내는 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등을 매우 효율적으로 제공할 수 있다. - 또한, 상술한 광배향성 중합체는 기본적으로 우수한 광반웅성 및 광배향성으로 인해 1차 광배향 후에 일정 수준의 흡광도를 나타낼 뿐 아니라, 편광 방향 변화에 따라 일정 수준 이상의 배향방향 변화 및 2차 광배향성을 나타냄에 따라, 2차 광배향 후에도 상술한 흡광도를 나타낼 수 있다. 따라서 , 일 구현예의 광배향성 중합체를 사용해 2차례의 마스크 공정 없이도 패턴화된 위상차 필름 또는 배향막 등을 용이하게 제공할 수 있다. 한편, 상술한 식 1의 흡광율 (AR) 등에 관한 특성은 이 전에 알려 진 어떠한 광배향성 중합체도 달성하지 못하였던 것으로, 소정 의 고리형 올레핀 화합물로부터 얻어진 광배향성 증합체를 이용하여 달성될 수 있다. 이하, 이 러 한 고리 형 올레핀 화합물, 광배향성 중합체 및 이들의 제조 방법에 대해 구체적으로 설명하기로 한다. As such, the optical alignment polymer exhibits a change in the orientation direction and the secondary photoalignment of a predetermined level or more according to the change in polarization direction even when the total light ½ in the primary photoalignment is relatively strong so that no additional light reflection structure remains. Can be represented. Furthermore, the photoalignable polymer has a higher degree of secondary photoalignment and orientation change due to a change in polarization direction when the total amount of light in the primary photoalignment is relatively weak and the total amount of light in the secondary photoalignment is relatively strong. Can be represented. As such, by adjusting the light irradiation time and the total amount of light in the first and second optical alignment, the degree of change in the orientation direction in the first and second optical alignment or the second optical alignment can be controlled. It can be used very efficiently to provide a patterned retardation film or an alignment film exhibiting the desired orientation for each region. In addition, the above-described photo-alignment polymer basically exhibits a certain level of absorbance after the first photo-alignment due to the excellent light reflection property and the photo-alignment, and also changes the orientation direction change and the secondary photo-alignment more than a certain level according to the polarization direction change. As shown, the above-described absorbance can be exhibited even after the secondary photoalignment. Therefore, the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment can be easily provided with a patterned retardation film or an alignment film without two mask processes. On the other hand, the above-described properties of the absorbance (AR), etc. of Formula 1 have not achieved any previously known photo-alignment polymers, it can be achieved by using a photo-alignment polymer obtained from a predetermined cyclic olefin compound . Hereinafter, such a cyclic olefin compound, a photoalignable polymer, and a method for producing the same will be described in detail.

상술한 일 구현예에 따른 특성은 하기 화학식 1로 표시되는 광반웅성 작용기를 갖는 고리 형 올레핀 화합물을 단량체로 사용해 얻어진 광배향성 중합체로부터 달성 될 수 있다:  Properties according to the above-described embodiment can be achieved from the photo-alignment polymer obtained by using as a monomer a cyclic olefin compound having a photobanung functional group represented by the formula (1):

[화학식 1] [Formula 1]

Figure imgf000012_0001
상기 화학식 1에서, q 는 0 내지 4의 정수이고, R1, R2, R3, 및 R4 중 적어도 하나는 하기 화학식 1a 및 1b로 이루어진 군으로부터 선택된 라디칼이며ᅳ 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 라디칼인 것을 제외한 나머지 R1 내지 R4는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소; 할로겐; 치환 또는 바치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알케닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알키닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴; 및 산소, 질소, 인, 황, 실뫼콘, 및 보론 중에서 선택된 적어도 하나 이상을 포함하는 극성 작용기로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, 상기 R1 내지 R4 가 수소; 할로겐; 또는 극성 작용기가 아닌 경우, R1 과 R2, R3 와 R4로 이루어진 군에서 선택된 하나 이상의 조합이 서로 연결되어 탄소수 1 내지 10의 알킬리덴 그룹을 형성하거나, 또는 R1 또는 R2 가 R3 및 R4 중의 어느 하나와 연결되어 탄소수 4 내지 12의 포화 또는 불포화 지방족 고리, 또는 탄소수 6 내지 24의 방향족 고리를 형성할 수 있으며,
Figure imgf000012_0001
In Chemical Formula 1, q is an integer of 0 to 4, at least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a radical selected from the group consisting of Chemical Formulas 1a and 1b and 나머지 R1 except that it is a radical of Chemical Formula 1a or 1b. To R4 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or substituted substituted linear or branched alkyl of 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; And a polar functional group including at least one selected from oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silmecon, and boron, wherein R1 to R4 are hydrogen; halogen; Or when it is not a polar functional group, one or more combinations selected from the group consisting of R1 and R2, R3 and R4 are connected to each other to form an alkylidene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R1 or R2 is any one of R3 and R4 Linked to form a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic ring of 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic ring of 6 to 24 carbon atoms,

[화학식 1a] [화학식 1b]  [Formula 1a] [Formula 1b]

Figure imgf000012_0002
상기 화학식 1 a 및 1 b에서 , A는 단순결합, 산소, 황 또는 -NH-이고, B는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시, 에스테르, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 해테로아릴렌으로 아루어진 군에서 선택되고, X는 산소 또는 황이고; R9는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20와 알킬렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알케닐렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬렌, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 7 내지 15의 아르알킬렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알키 닐렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되며 , R10 내지 R14 중 적어도 하나는 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)로 표시되는 라디칼이고, 이를 제외 한 나머지 R10 내지 R14는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소, 할로겐, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴 및 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 헤테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로 아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, L은 산소, 황, -NH-, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시, -CONH- 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, R15는 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 '1 내지 10의 알킬이고, R16은 단순결합, -0-, -C(=0)0-, -OC(=O)-, -NH-, -S- 및 -C(=0)-로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다.
Figure imgf000012_0002
In Formula 1 a and 1 b, A is a simple bond, oxygen, sulfur or -NH-, B is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C 1-20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, ester, substituted or Unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, X is oxygen or sulfur; R9 is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C1-20 and alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-20 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C12 cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted Arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylene having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and at least one of R10 to R14 is- Radicals represented by L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms), except for the remaining R10 to R14, which are the same as or different from each other, and are each independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted Alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms and heteroaryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing a hetero group of 14, 15 or 16, L is selected from oxygen, sulfur, -NH-, Substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbonyl, carboxy, -CONH- and substituted or unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, R15 is substituted or unsubstituted carbon number ' Alkyl of 1 to 10, R16 consists of a simple bond, -0-, -C (= 0) 0-, -OC (= 0)-, -NH-, -S- and -C (= 0)- Selected from the group.

이 러 한 고리 형 올레핀 화합물에서, 상기 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)의 라디칼은 상기 링 커 L이 산소로 되고, 아릴이 ' 페닐로 되어 하기 화학식 2로 표시되는 라디칼로 될 수 있으며 , 이외 에도 다양한 아릴 및 링 커 L을 갖는 라디칼로 될 수 있다: In the Russia a cyclic olefin compound, a radical of the -L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 40) wherein the linker L is an oxygen, the formula aryl is to be a "phenyl It may be a radical represented by 2, in addition to a radical having a variety of aryl and linker L:

[화학식 2]

Figure imgf000014_0001
[Formula 2]
Figure imgf000014_0001

상기 화학식 2에서 R15 및 R16은 화학식 1에서 정의된 바와 같고, R17 내지 R21은 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소; 할로겐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1내지 20의 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴; 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 헤테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로 아릴, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 알콕시 아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다. 보다 구체적 인 일 예에서 , 상기 화학식 2로 표시되는 라디칼은 비치환되거나, 할로겐 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알콕시로 치환된 벤질옥시로 될 수 있다.  In Formula 2, R15 and R16 are as defined in Formula 1, R17 to R21 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; It is selected from the group consisting of hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing a hetero element of Group 14, 15 or 16, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms. In a more specific example, the radical represented by Formula 2 may be unsubstituted or benzyloxy substituted with halogen or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.

이 러 한 고리 형 을레핀 화합물은 신나메 이트 구조 등과 같은 광반응성 작용기 말단에 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)로 표시되는 치환체가 결합되 어 있다. 이 러한 치환체는 링 커 L을 매개로 알킬 및 아릴이 순차 연결된 아르알킬 구조를 포함하는 것 이다. 상기 아르알킬 구조와 같은 벌키 (bulky)한 화학 구조가 링 커 L을 매개로 광반웅성 작용기 말단에 연결됨에 따라, 광반웅성 작용기들 사이에 큰 자유공간 (free volume)이 확보될 수 있다. 이는 상기 벌키 한 아르알킬 구조끼리의 입체 장애 효과 (steric hindrance) 등에 기 인한 것으로 보인다.  Such a cyclic leulevine compound has a substituent represented by -L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms) at the terminal of a photoreactive functional group, such as cinnamate structure. Such substituents include those aralkyl structures in which alkyl and aryl are sequentially linked via a linker L. As a bulky chemical structure such as the aralkyl structure is connected to the end of the photoreactive functional group via a linker L, a large free volume can be secured between the photoreactive functional groups. This may be due to steric hindrance of the bulky aralkyl structures.

이 때문에 , 상기 고리 형 ' 올레핀 화합물로부터 제조된 광배향성 중합체 및 배향막에서는, 신나메이트 구조와 같은 광반웅성 작용기들이 크게 확보된 자유공간 내에서 상대적으로 자유롭게 이동 (유동) 또는 반웅할 수 있으며, 이에 대한 다른 반웅기 또는 치환기 등의 저해가 최소화된다. 그 결과, 편광 방향의 변화에 따라 광반웅성 작용기들이 상대적으로 자유롭게 For this reason, in the photo-alignment polymer and the alignment film prepared from the cyclic ' olefin compound, photoreactive functional groups such as cinnamate structure can be relatively freely moved (flowed) or reacted in a free space largely secured. Inhibition of other reaction groups or substituents is minimized. As a result, the photoreactive functional groups are relatively free with the change of polarization direction.

Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0001

Figure imgf000016_0001
0800/CT0ZaM/X3d
Figure imgf000016_0001
0800 / CT0ZaM / X3d

Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001

722C OF1 o CHNsi CHH———— II——I I 722 C OF 1 o CHNs i CHH ———— II——II

 刀

225 oC CHN Rsi CHH—— II——I II—2 25 oC CHN Rs i CHH—— II——I I I—

Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001

5

Figure imgf000019_0001
5
Figure imgf000019_0001

비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬렌; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 Unsubstituted cycloalkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted carbon number 6

10 내지 40의 아릴렌; 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 카보닐옥실렌; Arylene from 10 to 40; Substituted or unsubstituted carbonyloxyylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms;

또, 상기 고리 형 올레핀 화합물에서, 상기 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수Further, in the cyclic olefin compound, the substituted or unsubstituted carbon number

6 내지 40의 아릴; 또는 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 헤테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로 아릴은 이하에 나열된 작용기로 이루어진 군에서 선택될 수 있으며, 이외에도 다양한 아릴 또는 헤테로 아릴로 될 수 있다: 6 to 40 aryl; Or a hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, including a group 14, 15 or 16 hetero element, may be selected from the group consisting of the functional groups listed below, and in addition, may be various aryls or hetero aryls:

Figure imgf000020_0001
이러한 작용기에서, 상기 R ' 10 내지 R ' 18는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 나머지는 각각 독립적으로 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알킬, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다.
Figure imgf000020_0001
In such a functional group, the R '10 to R' 18 are the same or different from each other, and the rest are each independently substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 to 20 carbon atoms Alkoxy, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms.

그리고, 상기 고리형 을레핀 화합물에서, 상기 화학식 1의 R1 내지 R4 증 적어도 하나는 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 광반웅성 작용기로 되는데, 예를 들어, R1 또는 R2 중의 적어도 하나는 상기 광반응성 작용기로 될 수 있다. 이러한 고리형 을레핀 화합물을 이용해 일 구현예의 특성을 나타내는 광배향성 중합체의 제공이 가능해 진다.  In addition, in the cyclic leulevine compound, at least one of R1 to R4 of Formula 1 may be a photoreactive functional group of Formula 1a or 1b, for example, at least one of R1 or R2 may be the photoreactive functional group. have. It is possible to provide a photo-alignment polymer exhibiting the properties of one embodiment by using such a cyclic olepin compound.

한편, 상술한 고리형 을레핀 화합물의 구조에서, 각 치환기의 정의를 구체적으로 살펴보면 다음과 같다:  On the other hand, in the structure of the above-described cyclic olefin compound, the definition of each substituent in detail as follows:

먼저, "알킬 "은 1 내지 20개, 바람직하게는 1 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 1 내지 6개의 탄소 원자의 선형 또는 분지형 포화 1가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알킬기는 비치환된 것뿐 아니라후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 알킬기의 예로서 메틸, 에틸, 프로필 , 2-프로필, n-부틸, 이소-부틸, tert-부틸, 펜틸, 핵실, 도데실, 플루오로메틸, 디플루오로메틸, 트리플루오로메틸, 클로로메틸, 디클로로메틸, 트리클로로메틸, 요오도메틸, 브로모메틸 등을 들 수 있다.  First, "alkyl" means a linear or branched saturated monovalent hydrocarbon moiety of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may encompass not only unsubstituted but also further substituted by a certain substituent described below. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, 2-propyl, n-butyl, iso-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, nucleus, dodecyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, chloromethyl, Dichloromethyl, trichloromethyl, iodomethyl, bromomethyl and the like.

"알케닐 "은 1 이상의 탄소 -탄소 이중 결합을 포함하는 2 내지 20개, 바람직하게는 2 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 2 내지 6개의 탄소 원자의 선형 또는 분지형 1가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알케닐기는 탄소 -탄소 이중 결합을 포함하는 탄소 원자를 통해 또는 포화된 탄소 원자를 통해 결합될 수 있다. 알케닐기는 비치환된 것뿐 아니라 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 알케닐기의 예로서 에테닐, 1-프로페닐, 2-프로페닐, 2-부테닐, 3-부테닐, 펜테닐, 5-핵세닐, 도데세닐 등을 들 수 있다.  "Alkenyl" means a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon moiety of 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms comprising at least one carbon-carbon double bond. . Alkenyl groups may be bonded through a carbon atom comprising a carbon-carbon double bond or through a saturated carbon atom. Alkenyl groups may be broadly referred to as unsubstituted as well as those further substituted by the following substituents. Examples of the alkenyl group include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, pentenyl, 5-nucenenyl, dodecenyl, and the like.

"시클로알킬 "은 3 내지 12개의 고리 탄소의 포화된 또는 불포화된 비방향족 1가 모노시클릭, 바이시클릭 또는 트리시클릭 탄화수소 부위를 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예컨대, 시클로프로필, 시클로부틸, 시클로펜틸, 시클로펜테닐, 시클로핵실, 시클로핵세닐, 시클로헵틸, 시클로옥틸, 데카하이드로나프탈레닐, 아다만틸, 노르보닐 (즉, 바이시클로 [2,2,1] 헵트 -5- 에닐) 등을 들 수 있다. "Cycloalkyl" is a saturated or unsaturated of 3 to 12 ring carbons It means a non-aromatic monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety, and may be referred to collectively further substituted by a certain substituent described below. For example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclonuxyl, cyclonuxenyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, decahydronaphthalenyl, adamantyl, norbornyl (i.e., bicyclo [2,2, 1] hept-5-enyl).

"아릴 ''은 6 내지 40개, 바람직하게는 6 내지 12개의 고리 원자를 가지는 1가 모노시클릭, 바이사클릭 또는 트리시클릭 방향족 탄화수소 부위를 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 아릴기의 예로서 페닐, 나프탈레닐 및 플루오레닐 등을 들 수 있다.  "Aryl" means a monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety having from 6 to 40, preferably from 6 to 12 ring atoms, further substituted by the following substituents Examples of the aryl group include phenyl, naphthalenyl, fluorenyl and the like.

"알콕시아릴 "은 상기 정의된 아릴기의 수소원자 1개 이상이 알콕시기로 치환되어 있는 것을 의미한다. 알콕시아릴기의 예로서 메특시페닐, 에톡시페닐, 프로폭시페닐, 부록시페닐, 펜톡시페닐, 헥톡시페닐, 헵록시, 옥톡시, 나녹시, 메록시바이페닐, 메톡시나프탈레닐, 메록시플루오레닐 혹은 메톡시안트라세닐 등을 들 수 있다.  "Alkoxyaryl" means that at least one hydrogen atom of the aryl group as defined above is substituted with an alkoxy group. Examples of the alkoxy aryl group are mepsicyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, appendoxyphenyl, pentoxyphenyl, hexoxyphenyl, hepoxy, octoxy, nanoxy, methoxybiphenyl, methoxynaphthalenyl, Methoxy fluorenyl, methoxy anthracenyl, and the like.

"아르알킬 "은 상기 정의된 알킬기의 수소원자가 개 이상이 아릴기로 치환되어 있는 것을 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예를 들면, 벤질, 벤즈하이드릴 및 트리틸 등을 들 수 있다.  "Aralkyl" means that at least two hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group as defined above are substituted with an aryl group, and may also be referred to as those further substituted by a specific substituent described below. For example, benzyl, benzhydryl, trityl, etc. are mentioned.

"알키닐 1'은 1 이상의 탄소 -탄소 삼중 결합을 포함하는 2 내지 20개의 탄소 원자, 바람직하게는 2 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 2개 내지 6개의 선형 또는 분지형의 1가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알키닐기는 탄소- 탄소 삼중 결합을 포함하는 탄소 원자를 통해 또는 포화된 탄소 원자를 통해 결합될 수 있다. 알키닐기는 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예를 들면, 에티닐 및 프로피닐 등을 들 수 있다. "Alkynyl 1 " is a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon moiety containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 10, more preferably from 2 to 6 carbon atoms containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond. An alkynyl group may be bonded through a carbon atom including a carbon-carbon triple bond or through a saturated carbon atom, and alkynyl group may be broadly referred to as further substituted by the following substituents. For example, ethynyl, propynyl, etc. are mentioned.

"알킬렌 ' '은 1 내지 20개, 바람직하게는 1 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 1 내지 6개의 탄소 원자의 선형 또는 분지형의 포화된 2가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알킬렌기는 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 알킬렌기의 예로서 메틸렌, 에틸렌, 프로필렌, 부틸렌, 핵실렌 등을 들 수 있다. "Alkylene '' is 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, more Preferably a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon moiety of 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkylene group can also be referred to collectively further substituted by certain substituents described below. As an example of an alkylene group, methylene, ethylene, propylene, butylene, nuylene, etc. are mentioned.

"알케닐렌 '1은 1 이상의 탄소 -탄소 이중 결합을 포함하는 2 내지"Alkenylene ' 1 is 2 to 1 containing at least one carbon-carbon double bond

20개ᅳ 바람직하게는 2 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 2 내지 6개의 탄소 원자의 선형 또는 분지형의 2가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알케닐렌기는 탄소 -탄소 이중 결합을 포함하는 탄소 원자를 통해 및 /또는 포화된 탄소 원자를 통해 결합될 수 있다. 알케닐렌기는 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 20 preferably means a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon moiety of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Alkenylene groups may be bonded through a carbon atom comprising a carbon-carbon double bond and / or through a saturated carbon atom. Alkenylene group can also refer to what is further substituted by the specific substituent mentioned later.

"시클로알킬렌 ' '은 3 내지 12개의 고리 탄소의 포화된 또는 불포화된 비방향족 2가 모노시클릭, 바이시클릭 또는 트리시클릭 탄화수소 부위를 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예컨대, 시클로프로필렌, 시클로부틸렌 등을 들 수 있다.  "Cycloalkylene '' means a saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic divalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon moiety of 3 to 12 ring carbons, encompassing those further substituted by certain substituents described below. For example, cyclopropylene, cyclobutylene, etc. are mentioned.

11아릴렌 "은 6 내지 20개, 바람직하게는 6 내지 12개의 고리 원자를 가지는 2가 모노시클릭, 바이시클릭 또는 트리시클릭 방향족 탄화수소 부위를 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 방향족 부분은 탄소 원자만을 포함한다. 아릴렌기의 예로서 페닐렌 등을 들 수 있다. 11 arylene "means a divalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon moiety having from 6 to 20, preferably from 6 to 12 ring atoms, further substituted by the following substituents The aromatic moiety includes only carbon atoms, and examples of the arylene group include phenylene and the like.

"아르알킬렌 ' '은 상기 정의된 알킬기의 수소원자가 1개 이상이 아릴기로 치환되어 있는 2가 부위를 의미하며, 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예를 들면, 벤질렌 등을 들 수 있다.  "Aralkylene '' means a divalent moiety in which at least one hydrogen atom of the alkyl group defined above is substituted with an aryl group, and may also be referred to as being further substituted by a specific substituent described below. , Benzylene and the like.

"알키닐렌 ' '은 1 이상의 탄소-탄소 삼중 결합을 포함하는 2 내지 "Alkynylene '' is from 2 to containing at least one carbon-carbon triple bond

20개의 탄소 원자, 바람직하게는 2 내지 10개, 보다 바람직하게는 2개 내지 6개의 선형 또는 분지형의 2가 탄화수소 부위를 의미한다. 알키닐렌기는 탄소 -탄소 삼중 결합을 포함하는 탄소 원자를 통해 또는 포화된 탄소 원자를 통해 결합될 수 있다. 알키닐렌기는 후술하는 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄하여 지칭할 수 있다. 예를 들면, 에티닐렌 또는 프로피닐렌 등을 들 수 있다. 20 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon sites. Alkynylene groups are grouped via a carbon atom containing a carbon-carbon triple bond or through a saturated carbon atom. Can be combined through. Alkynylene groups can also be referred to collectively further substituted by certain substituents described below. For example, ethynylene, propynylene, etc. are mentioned.

이상에서 설명한 치환기가 "치환 또는 비치환 ''되었다 함은 이들 각 치환기 자체뿐 아니라, 일정한 치환기에 의해 더욱 치환된 것도 포괄됨을 꾀미한다. 본 명세서에서, 특별히 다른 정의가 없는 한, 각 치환기에 더욱 치환될 수 있는 치환기의 예로는, 할로겐, 알킬, 알케닐, 알키닐, 할로알킬, 할로알케닐, 할로알키닐, 아릴, 할로아릴, 아르알킬, 할로아르알킬, 알콕시, 할로알콕시, 카보닐옥시, 할로카보닐옥시, 아릴옥시, 할로아릴옥시, 실릴, 실록시 또는 이미 상술한 바와 같은 "산소, 질소, 인, 황, 실리콘 또는 보론을 포함하는 극성 작용기 11 등을 들 수 있다. The term "substituted or unsubstituted" described above encompasses not only each of these substituents themselves, but also those further substituted by certain substituents. Examples of substituents that may be substituted are halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, haloalkyl, haloalkenyl, haloalkynyl, aryl, haloaryl, aralkyl, haloaralkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, carbonyloxy , Halocarbonyloxy, aryloxy, haloaryloxy, silyl, siloxy, or the aforementioned polar functional group 11 containing oxygen, nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon or boron.

상술한 고리형 을레핀 화합물은 고리형 을레핀, 예를 들어, 노보넨계 화합물에 소정의 치환기, 보다 구체적으로 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 광반응성 작용기 등올 도입하는 통상적인 방법에 ,따라 제조될 수 있다. 예를 들어, 노보넨 메탄올 등의 노보넨 (알킬)올과, 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 광반응성 작용기를 갖는 카르복시산 화합물 등을 축합 반웅시켜 상기 고리형 을레핀 화합물을 제조할 수 있으며, 기타 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 광반응성 작용기의 구조 및 종류에 따라 다양한 방법으로 상기 광반웅성 작용기를 도입하여 상술한 고리형 을레핀 화합물을 제조할 수 있다.  The above-mentioned cyclic olephine compound may be prepared according to a conventional method for introducing a cyclic olephine, for example, a predetermined substituent, more specifically, a photoreactive functional group of formula (1a) or (1b), to a norbornene-based compound. For example, condensation reaction of a norbornene (alkyl) ol such as norbornene methanol with a carboxylic acid compound having a photoreactive functional group of Formula 1a or 1b may be used to prepare the cyclic urelepine compound. According to the structure and type of the photoreactive functional group of 1b, the above-described cyclic olefin compound may be prepared by introducing the photoreactive functional group in various ways.

한편, 상술한 고리형 을레핀 화합물을 사용하여 일 구현예의 특성을 층족하는 광배향성 중합체가 얻어질 수 있다. 이러한 광배향성 중합체는 주된 반복단위인 고리형 을레핀계 반복단위로서, 하기 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위를 포함할 수 있다: [화학식 3a] [화학식 3b] On the other hand, using the above-described cyclic olefin compound can be obtained a photo-oriented polymer to satisfy the characteristics of one embodiment. Such photo-orientable polymers are cyclic olefinic repeating units, which are the main repeating units, and may include repeating units of the following Chemical Formula 3a or 3b: [Formula 3a] [Formula 3b]

Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001

상기 화학식 3a 및 3b에서 각각 독립적으로, m은 50 내지 5000이고, q, R1, R2, R3, 및 R4는 화학식 1에 대해 정의된 바와 같다.  In the formulas 3a and 3b, each independently, m is 50 to 5000, and q, R 1, R 2, R 3, and R 4 are as defined for Formula 1.

이러한— 광배향성 중합체는 상술한 고리형 올레핀 화합물로부터 유도된 반복단위를 포함하는 것으로, 광반응성 작용기 말단에 링커 L올 매개로 결합된 벌키한 아르알킬 구조로 인해, 광반웅성 작용기들 사이에 큰 자유공간이 확보될 수 있다. 이 때문에, 상기 광배향성 중합체에서는, 광반웅성 작용기들이 크게 확보된 자유공간 내에서 상대적으로 자유롭게 이동 (유동) 또는 반웅할 수 있다. 따라서, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 편광 방향의 변화에 따른 배향방향의 변화가 비교적 자유롭고 우수한 2차 광배향성을 나타낼 수 있으며, 상술한 일 구현예의 특성을 충족할 수 있다. 부가하여, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 노보넨계 반복단위를 주된 반복단위로 포함한다. 이러한 노보넨계 반복단위는 구조적으로 단단하고, 이를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체는 유리 전이 온도 (Tg)가 약 30C C 이상, 바람직하게는 약 300 내지 350°C로 비교적 높기 때문에, 기존에 알려진 광배향성 중합체 등에 비해 우수한 열적 안정성을 나타낼 수 있다. Such photo-orientable polymers contain repeating units derived from the above-mentioned cyclic olefin compounds, and because of the bulky aralkyl structure bonded via the linker Lol mediated at the end of the photoreactive functional group, there is a great freedom between the photoreactive functional groups. Space can be secured. For this reason, in the photo-alignment polymer, the photoreactive functional groups can move (flow) or react relatively freely in a free space largely secured. Accordingly, the photo-alignment polymer may exhibit a relatively free change in the orientation direction according to the change in the polarization direction and exhibit excellent secondary photo-alignment, and may satisfy the characteristics of the above-described embodiment. In addition, the photoalignable polymer includes a norbornene-based repeating unit of Formula 3a or 3b as a main repeating unit. Such norbornene-based repeating units are structurally hard, and photo-alignment polymers containing the same have a relatively high glass transition temperature (Tg) of about 30 C C or higher, preferably about 300 to 350 ° C. It can exhibit excellent thermal stability compared to the.

상기 광배향성 중합체에 결합된 각 치환기의 정의에 관해서는 이미 화학식 1의 고리형 을레핀 화합물에 관하여 상세히 설명한 바가 있으므로, 이에 대한 더 이상의 설명은 생략하기로 한다.  Since the definition of each substituent bonded to the photo-alignment polymer has already been described in detail with respect to the cyclic olefin compound of Formula 1, further description thereof will be omitted.

그리고, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위로 이루어진 군에서 선택된 1종 이상의 반복단위 만을 포함할 수도 있지만, 다른 종류의 반복단위를 추가로 함께 포함하는 공중합체로 될 수도 있다. 이 러한 반복단위의 예로는, 신나메이트계 찰콘계 또는 아조계의 광반응성 작용기 (예를 들어 , 벌키 한 아르알킬 구조가 말단 도입 되지 않은 일반적 광반웅성 작용기 )가 결합되거나, 결합되지 않은 임의의 을레핀계 반복단위 , 아크릴레이트계 반복단위 또는 고리 형 ' 올레핀계 반복단위로 될 수 있다. 이 러 한 반복단위의 예들은 특허 공개 공보 제 2010-0021751 호 등에 개시되어 있다. And, the photo-alignment polymer is a repeating unit of the formula 3a or 3b Although it may include only one or more repeating units selected from the group consisting of, it may be a copolymer further comprising other types of repeating units together. Examples of such repeating units include, but are not limited to, cinnamate-based chalcone-based or azo-based photoreactive functional groups (e.g., general photoreactive functional groups in which bulky aralkyl structures are not terminally introduced) It may be a fin repeating unit, an acrylate repeating unit or a cyclic ' olefin repeating unit. Examples of such repeating units are disclosed in Patent Publication No. 2010-0021751 and the like.

다만, 상기 화학식 3a 또는 3b에 따른 우수한 배향성 및 배향속도 등의 제반 특성 이 저해되지 않도록, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 약 50몰% 이상, 구체적으로 약 50 내지 100몰 %, 바람직하게는 약 70몰 % 이상의 함량으로 상기 화학식 3a 또는 3b와 반복단위를 포함할 수 있다.  However, the photo-alignment polymer may be about 50 mol% or more, specifically about 50 to 100 mol%, preferably about 70 mol% so that various properties such as excellent orientation and orientation speed according to Chemical Formula 3a or 3b are not impaired. The above content may include Formula 3a or 3b and a repeating unit.

또한, 상기 광배향성 중합체를 이루는 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위는 약 50 내지 5,000의 중합도, 바람직하게는 약 100 내지 4000의 중합도, 보다 바람직하게는 약 1000 내지 3000의 중합도를 가질 수 있다. 그리고, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 약 10000 내지 1000000, 바람직하게는 약 20000 내지 500000의 중량 평균 분자량을 가질 수 있다. 이에 따라, 상기 광배향성 중합체가 배향막 형성을 위한 코팅 조성물에 적 절하게 포함되 어 우수한 코팅성을 나타낼 수 있으면서도, 이로부터 형성 된 배향막이 우수한 액정 배향성 등을 나타낼 수 있다.  In addition, the repeating unit of Formula 3a or 3b constituting the photoalignable polymer may have a polymerization degree of about 50 to 5,000, preferably a polymerization degree of about 100 to 4000, and more preferably about 1000 to 3000. In addition, the photo-alignment polymer may have a weight average molecular weight of about 10000 to 1000000, preferably about 20000 to 500000. Accordingly, the photo-alignment polymer may be appropriately included in the coating composition for forming the alignment layer to exhibit excellent coating properties, but the alignment layer formed therefrom may exhibit excellent liquid crystal alignment.

상술한 광배향성 중합체는 약 150 내지 450nm의 파장을 갖는 편광의 노광 하에 광배향성을 나타낼 수 있으며, 예를 들어, 약 200 내지 400nm의 파장, 보다 구체적으로, 약 280 내지 315nm의 파장을 갖는 UV 영 역의 편광의 노광 하에 우수한 광배향성 및 배향 속도 등을 나타낼 수 있다. 더욱 구체적으로, 상기 광배향성 중합체는 약 270 내지 340nm, 보다 구체적으로 약 300nm 내외의 파장 영 역대의 UV 편광을 흡수하여, 흡광율 (AR) 등에 관한 상술한 특성치를 나타낼 수 있다.  The above-described photoalignable polymer may exhibit photoalignment under exposure of polarized light having a wavelength of about 150 to 450 nm, for example, UV Young having a wavelength of about 200 to 400 nm, more specifically, a wavelength of about 280 to 315 nm. Excellent photo-alignment property, orientation speed, etc. can be shown under exposure of the reverse polarization. More specifically, the photo-alignment polymer may absorb UV polarization in the wavelength region of about 270 to 340 nm, more specifically, about 300 nm, and may exhibit the above-described characteristic values with respect to absorbance (AR).

한편, 상술한 광배향성 중합체가 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위를 포함하는 경우, 이하에 기술하는 방법에 따라 제조될 수 있다. 먼저, 이러한 제조 방법의 일 실시예는 10족의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매 및 조촉매를 포함하는 촉매 조성물의 존재 하에, 화학식 1의 모노머를 부가 중합하여 화학식 3a의 반복단위를 형성하는 단계를 포함할 수 있다: On the other hand, the above-described photo-alignment polymer is a repeating unit of formula 3a or 3b In the case of inclusion, it may be prepared according to the method described below. First, one embodiment of the production method is a step of addition polymerization of the monomer of Formula 1 to form a repeating unit of Formula 3a in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 10 Can include:

[화학식 1] [Formula 1]

Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001

상기 화학식 1에서, q, R1, R2, R3, 및 R4는 화학식 3a에서 정의된 바와 같다.  In Chemical Formula 1, q, R1, R2, R3, and R4 are as defined in Chemical Formula 3a.

이때, 상기 중합 반웅은 10°C 내지 200 °C의 온도에서 진행될 수 있다. 상기 반웅 온도가 10 °C 보다 작은 경우 증합 활성이 낮아질 수 있고, 200 °C 보다 큰 경우 촉매가 분해될 수 있어 바람직하지 않다. At this time, the polymerization reaction may be carried out at a temperature of 10 ° C to 200 ° C. If the reaction temperature is less than 10 ° C. may be lowered the polymerization activity, if the reaction temperature is greater than 200 ° C catalyst is decomposed it is not preferable.

또한, 상기 조촉매는 상기 전촉매의 금속과 약하게 배위 결합할 수 있는 루이스 염기를 제공하는 제 1 조촉매; 및 15족 전자주개 리간드를 포함하는 화합물을 제공하는 제 2 조촉매로 이루어진 군에서 선택되는 1종 이상을 포함할 수 있다. 바람직하게는, 상기 조촉매는 상기 루이스 염기를 제공하는 제 1 조촉매, 및 선택적으로 중성의 15족 전자주개 리간드를 포함하는 화합물 제 2 조촉매를 포함하는 촉매 흔합물로 될 수 있다.  In addition, the cocatalyst may include a first cocatalyst which provides a Lewis base capable of weakly coordinating with the metal of the procatalyst; And a second co-catalyst for providing a compound comprising a group 15 electron donor ligand may comprise one or more selected from the group consisting of. Preferably, the cocatalyst may be a catalyst mixture comprising a first cocatalyst that provides the Lewis base, and a second cocatalyst, optionally comprising a neutral Group 15 electron donor ligand.

이때, 상기 촉매 흔합물은 상기 전촉매 1 몰에 대해 상기 제 1 조촉매를 1 내지 1000 몰로 포함할 수 있고, 상기 제 2 조촉매를 1 내지 1000 몰로 포함할 수 있다. 제 1 조촉매 또는 제 2 조촉매의 함량이 지나치게 작은 경우 촉매 활성화가 제대로 이루어지지 않을 수 있고, 반대로 지나치게 커지는 경우 오히려 촉매 활성이 낮아질 수 있다.  In this case, the catalyst mixture may include 1 to 1000 moles of the first cocatalyst and 1 to 1000 moles of the second cocatalyst with respect to 1 mole of the procatalyst. When the content of the first or second cocatalyst is too small, the catalyst activation may not be performed properly, on the contrary, when the content of the first or second cocatalyst is too large, the catalytic activity may be lowered.

그리고, 상기 10족 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매로는 루이스 염기를 제공하는 제 1 조촉매에 의해 쉽 게 분리되 어 중심 전이금속이 촉매 활성종으로 바뀔 수 있도록, 루이스 산 -염 기 반웅에 쉽 게 참여하여 증심 금속에서 떨어져 나가는 루이스 염 기 작용기를 가지고 있는 화합물을 사용할 수 있다. 예컨대 [(Allyl)Pd(CI)]2(AllylpalladiumcNoride dimer), (CH3C02)2Pd [Palladium( n )acetate], [CH3COCH=C(O-)CH3]2PdAs the procatalyst including the Group 10 transition metal, Lewis base is used. Compounds with Lewis base functional groups that easily separate from the Lewis acid-base reactions and break away from the thickened metals are easily separated by the first promoter to provide so that the central transition metals can be converted into catalytically active species. Can be used. Such as [(Allyl) Pd (CI)] 2 (Allylpalladium c Noride dimer), (CH 3 C0 2 ) 2 Pd [Palladium (n) acetate], [CH 3 COCH = C (O−) CH 3 ] 2 Pd

[Palladium( Π )acetylacetonate], NiBr(NP(CH3)3)4, [PdCI(NB)0(CH3)]2 등이 있다. 또한, 상기 전촉매의 금속과 약하게 배위 결합할 수 있는 루이스 염 기를 제공하는 제 1 조촉매로는 루이스 염 기와 쉽 게 반웅하여 전이금속의 빈자리를 만들며 , 또한 이와 같이 생성된 전이금속을 안정화시키 기 위하여 전이금속 화합물과 약하게 배위 결합하는 화합물 혹은 이를 제공하는 화합물이 사용될 수 있다. 예컨대 , B(C6F5)3과 같은 보레인 또는 디 메틸아닐리늄 테트라키스펜타플루오로페닐 보레이트 (dimethylanilinium tetrakis(pentafluorophenyl)borate)와 같은 보레이트, 메틸알루미녹산 (MAO) 또는 AI(C2H5)3와 같은 알킬알루미늄, 혹은 AgSbF6와 같은 전이금속 할라이드 등이 있다. [Palladium (?) Acetylacetonate], NiBr (NP (CH 3 ) 3 ) 4 , [PdCI (NB) 0 (CH 3 )] 2, and the like. In addition, the first co-catalyst that provides a Lewis base that can be weakly coordinated with the metal of the procatalyst is easily reacted with the Lewis base to form a vacancy in the transition metal, and also to stabilize the transition metal thus produced. In order to compound the weakly coordinated bond with the transition metal compound or a compound providing the same can be used. For example, borate such as B (C 6 F 5 ) 3 or borate such as dimethylanilinium tetrakis (pentafluorophenyl) borate, methylaluminoxane (MAO) or AI (C 2 H) 5 ) alkyl aluminum such as 3 , or transition metal halide such as AgSbF 6 .

그리고, 상기 중성의 15족 전자주개 리간드를 포함하는 화합물을 제공하는 제 2 조촉매로는 알킬 포스핀, 시클로알킬 포스핀 또는 페닐 포스핀 등을 사용할 수 있다.  In addition, an alkyl phosphine, a cycloalkyl phosphine, or a phenyl phosphine may be used as a second cocatalyst to provide a compound including the neutral group 15 electron donor ligand.

또한, 상기 게 1 조촉매와 제 2 조촉매를 별도로 사용할 수도 있지 만, 이들 2 가지 조촉매를 하나의 염으로 만들어 촉매를 활성화시 키는 화합물로서 사용할 수도 있다. 예컨대, 알킬 포스핀과 보레인 또는 보레 이트 화합물을 이온결합시 켜 만든 화합물이나 등이 사용될 수 있다.  In addition, although the first and second cocatalysts may be used separately, these two cocatalysts may be used as a compound to activate the catalyst by making one salt into one salt. For example, a compound or the like made by ion-bonding alkyl phosphine and borane or borate compound may be used.

상술한 방법을 통해 화학식 3a의 반복단위 및 이를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체를 제조할 수 있다. 부가하여 , 상기 광배향성 중합체가 올레핀계 반복단위, 고리형 올레핀계 반복단위 또는 아크릴레이트계 반복단위 등을 더 포함하는 경우, 각 반복단위의 통상적 제조 방법으로 이들 반복단위를 형성하고, 상술한 방법으로 제조된 화학식 3a의 반복단위와 공중합하여 상기 광배향성 중합체를 얻을 수 있다. 한편, 광배향성 중합체가 화학식 3b의 반복단위를 포함하는 경우, 상기 제조 방법의 다른 실시예에 따라 제조될 수 있다. 이러한 다른 실시예의 제조 방법은 4족, 6족 또는 8족의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매 및 조촉매를 포함하는 촉매 조성물의 존재 하에, 상기 화학식 1의 모노머를 개환 중합하여 화학식 3b의 반복단위를 형성하는 단계를 포함한다. 선택 가능한 다른 방법으로서, 상기 화학식 3b의 반복 단위를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체는, 상기 4족, 6족, 또는 8족의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매 및 조촉매를 포함하는 촉매 조성물의 존재 하에, 노보넨 메탄올 등의 노보넨 (알킬)올을 단량체로서 개환 중합하여 5각 환을 갖는 개환 중합체를 형성하고 나서, 이러한 개환 중합체에 광반웅성 작용기를 도입하여 제조될 수도 있다. 이때, 상기 광반응성 작용기의 도입은 상기 개환 중합체를 화학식 1a 또는 1b에 대응하는 광반응성 작용기를 갖는 카르복시산 화합물 또는 아실 클로라이드 화합물과 축합 반웅시키는 반웅으로 진행될 수 있다. 상기 개환 중합 단계에서는 상기 화학식 1의 모노머에 포함된 노보넨 고리 중의 이증 결합에 수소가 첨가되면 개환이 진행될 수 있고, 이와 함께 중합이 진행되어 상기 화학식 3b의 반복단위 및 이를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체가 제조될 수 있다. 혹은 중합 및 개환이 순차적으로 진행되어 상기 광배향성 중합체가 제조될 수도 있다. Through the aforementioned method, a repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3a and a photoalignable polymer including the same may be prepared. In addition, when the photo-alignment polymer further contains an olefin repeat unit, a cyclic olefin repeat unit, an acrylate repeat unit, or the like, these repeat units are formed by a conventional production method of each repeat unit, and the method described above. The photoalignable polymer may be obtained by copolymerization with a repeating unit of Formula 3a. On the other hand, when the photo-alignment polymer includes a repeating unit of Formula 3b, it can be prepared according to another embodiment of the manufacturing method. In another embodiment of the present invention, in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst including a transition metal of Group 4, 6, or 8, the monomer of Formula 1 may be ring-opened to form a repeating unit of Formula 3b. Forming a step. As another selectable method, the photo-alignment polymer including the repeating unit represented by Chemical Formula 3b, in the presence of a catalyst composition comprising a procatalyst and a cocatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4, Group 6, or Group 8, Norbornene (alkyl) ols, such as norbornene methanol, may be prepared by ring-opening polymerization as a monomer to form a ring-opening polymer having a pentagonal ring, and then introducing a photoreactive functional group into the ring-opening polymer. In this case, the introduction of the photoreactive functional group may proceed as a reaction to condense the ring-opening polymer with a carboxylic acid compound or an acyl chloride compound having a photoreactive functional group corresponding to Formula 1a or 1b. In the ring-opening polymerization step, when hydrogen is added to the divalent bond in the norbornene ring included in the monomer of Chemical Formula 1, ring-opening may proceed, and the polymerization proceeds, so that the repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3b and the photo-oriented polymer including the same Can be prepared. Alternatively, the polymerization and ring opening may be sequentially performed to produce the photoalignable polymer.

상기 개환 중합은 4족 (예컨대, Τί, Zr, Hf), 6족 (예컨대, Mo, W), 또는 8족 (예컨대, Ru, Os)의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매, 상기 전촉매의 금속과 약하게 배위 결합할 수 있는 루이스 염기를 제공하는 조촉매 및 선택적으로 상기 전촉매 금속의 활성을 증진시킬 수 있는 중성의 15족 및 16족의 활성화제 (activator) 등으로 이루어지는 촉매 흔합물 존재 하에, 진행할 수 있다. 또, 이러한 촉매 흔합물의 존재 하에, 분자량 크기를 조절할 수 있는 1-알켄, 2-알켄 등 선형 알켄 (linear alkene)을 단량체 대비 1내지 100 mol% 첨가하여, 10 °C 내지 200 °C의 온도에서 중합을 진행할 수 있고, 4족 (예컨대, Ti, Zr) 혹은 8족 내지 10족 (예컨대, Ru, Ni, Pd)의 전이금속을 포함하는 촉매를 단량체 대비 1 내지 30중량0 /0 를 첨가하여 10 °C 내지 250 °C의 온도에서 노보넨 고리 중의 이중 결합에 수소 첨가하는 반웅을 진행할 수 있다. The ring-opening polymerization is a procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g., Τί, Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, Os), the metal of the procatalyst In the presence of a catalyst mixture comprising a cocatalyst that provides a Lewis base capable of weakly coordinating with and a neutral group 15 and 16 activator that can optionally enhance the activity of the procatalyst metal, You can proceed. In addition, in the presence of such a catalyst mixture, linear alkene, such as 1-alkene and 2-alkene, which can adjust the molecular weight size, is added in an amount of 1 to 100 mol% based on the monomer, at a temperature of 10 ° C. to 200 ° C. and to proceed with the polymerization, Group 4 (for example, Ti, Zr) or Group 8 to Group 10 and a catalyst containing a transition metal addition of the monomer prepared from 1 to 30 parts by weight 0/0 (for example, Ru, Ni, Pd) 10 ° C to 250 ° C The reaction of hydrogenating the double bond in the norbornene ring can proceed at a temperature.

상기 반웅 온도가 지나치 게 낮은 경우 중합 활성 이 낮아지는 문제가 생기고, 지 나치 게 높은 경우 촉매가 분해 되는 문제가 생겨 바람직하지 않다. 또, 상기 수소첨가 반웅 온도가 지나치 게 낮은 경우 수소첨가 반웅의 활성 이 낮아지는 문제가 생기고, 지나치 게 높은 경우 촉매가 분해 되는 문제가 생겨 바람직하지 않다.  If the reaction temperature is too low, there is a problem that the polymerization activity is lowered, and if the reaction temperature is too high, the catalyst is decomposed, which is not preferable. In addition, if the hydrogenation reaction temperature is too low, there is a problem that the activity of the hydrogenation reaction is lowered, if too high a problem that the catalyst is decomposed, it is not preferable.

상기 촉매 흔합물은 4족 (예컨대, Ti, Zr, Hf), 6족 (예컨대 , Mo, W), 또는 8족 (예컨대, Ru, Os)의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매 1 몰에 대해 상기 전촉매의 금속과 약하게 배위 결합할 수 있는 루이스 염기를 제공하는 조촉매를 1 내지 100,000 몰, 및 선택적으로 전촉매 금속의 활성을 증진시킬 수 있는 중성의 15족 및 16족의 원소를 포함하는 활성화제 (activator)를 전촉매 1 몰에 대해 1 내지 100몰을 포함한다.  The catalyst mixture may be added to one mole of the procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g. Ti, Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, Os). Activation comprising 1 to 100,000 moles of cocatalyst which provides a Lewis base capable of weakly coordinating with the metal of the procatalyst, and elements of neutral Group 15 and 16 which can optionally enhance the activity of the procatalyst metal The activator comprises 1 to 100 moles per mole of procatalyst.

상기 조촉매의 함량이 1 몰 보다 작은 경우 촉매 활성화가 이루어지지 않는 문제가 있고, 100,000 몰 보다 큰 경우 촉매 활성 이 낮아지는 문제가 있어 바람직하지 않다. 상기 활성화제는 전촉매의 종류에 따라 필요하지 않을 수 있다. 활성화제의 함량이 1 몰보다 작은 경우 촉매 활성화가 이루어지지 않는 문제가 있고, 100몰 보다 큰 경우 분자량이 낮아지는 문제가 있어 바람직하지 않다.  If the content of the promoter is less than 1 mole there is a problem that the catalyst activation is not made, if larger than 100,000 moles there is a problem that the catalyst activity is lowered is not preferred. The activator may not be necessary depending on the type of procatalyst. If the content of the activator is less than 1 mole there is a problem that the catalyst activation is not made, and if it is larger than 100 moles there is a problem that the molecular weight is lowered is not preferred.

수소 첨가반웅에 사용되는 4족 (예컨대, Ti, Zr) 혹은 8족 내지 Group 4 (eg Ti, Zr) or Group 8 to be used for the hydrogenation reaction

10족 (예컨대, Ru, Ni, Pd)의 전이금속을 포함하는 촉매의 함량이 모노머 대비 1 중량0 /。보다 작을 경우 수소첨가가 잘 이루어지지 않는 문제가 있고 30 중량0 /0보다 큰 경우 폴리 머가 변색되는 문제가 있어 바람직하지 않다. Group 10 (for example, Ru, Ni, Pd) in the case where the content of the catalyst is smaller than the monomer prepared 1 weight 0 /. Containing a transition metal and is a problem in that the hydrogenation does not easily made large when poly than 30 weight 0/0 It is not preferable because there is a problem of discoloration of the mer.

상기 4족 (예컨대 , Ti, Zr, Hf), 6족 (예컨대, Mo, W), 또는 8족 (예컨대, Ru, OS)의 전이금속을 포함하는 전촉매는 루이스 산을 제공하는 조촉매에 의해 쉽 게 떨어져서 중심 전이금속이 촉매 활성종으로 바뀔 수 있도록, 루이스 산 -염기 반응에 쉽 게 참여하여 중심 금속에서 떨어져 나가는 작용기를 가지고 있는 TiCI4, WCI6) M0CI5 혹은 RuCI3나 ZrCI4와 같은 전이금속 화합물을 지칭할 수 있다. The procatalyst comprising a transition metal of Group 4 (e.g. Ti, Zr, Hf), Group 6 (e.g. Mo, W), or Group 8 (e.g. Ru, OS) may be added to the cocatalyst for providing Lewis acid. Such as TiCI 4 , WCI 6) M0CI5, or RuCI 3 or ZrCI 4 , which have a functional group that readily participates in the Lewis acid-base reaction and is separated from the central metal so that it can be easily separated and converted into a catalytically active species. Transition metal It may refer to a compound.

또한, 상기 전촉매의 금속과 약하게 배위 결합할 수 있는 루이스 염기를 제공하는 조촉매는 B(C6F5)3과 같은 보레인 또는 보레이트, 메틸알루미녹산 (MAO) 또는 AI(C2H5)3, AI(CH3)CI2와 같은 알킬알루미늄, 알킬알루미늄할라이드, 알루미늄할라이드를 이용할 수 있다. 혹은 알루미늄 대신에 리튬 (lithium), 마그네슘 (magnesium), 게르마늄 (germanium), 납, 아연, 주석, 규소 등의 치환체를 이용할 수 있다. 이와 같이 루이스 염기와 쉽게 반웅하여 전이금속의 빈자리를 만들며 또한 이와 같이 생성된 전이금속을 안정화시키기 위하여 전이금속 화합물과 약하게 배위 결합하는 화합물 흑은 이를 제공하는 화합물이다. In addition, the co-catalyst which provides a Lewis base that can weakly coordinate with the metal of the procatalyst may be borane or borate such as B (C 6 F 5 ) 3 , methylaluminoxane (MAO) or AI (C 2 H 5). Alkyl aluminum, alkyl aluminum halide, and aluminum halide such as AI 3 (CH 3 ) CI 2 can be used. Alternatively, instead of aluminum, substituents such as lithium, magnesium, germanium, lead, zinc, tin, and silicon may be used. The compound black, which is weakly coordinated with the transition metal compound to stabilize the transition metal thus formed by reacting easily with the Lewis base to make the transition metal empty, is a compound providing the same.

중합의 활성화제를 첨가할 수 있지만, 전촉매의 종류에 따라서는 필요하지 않올 수도 있다. 상기 전촉매 금속의 활성을 증진시킬 수 있는 중성의 15족 및 16족의 원소를 포함하는 활성화제 (activator)는 물, 메탄올, 에탄올, 이소프로필 알코올, 벤질알코올, 페몰, 에틸메르캅탄 (ethyl mercaptan): 2-클로로에탄올, 트리메틸아민, 트리에틸아민, 피리딘 (pyridine), 에틸렌 옥사이드 (ethylene oxide), 벤조일 퍼록사이드 (benzoyl peroxide), t-부틸 퍼록사이드 (t-butyl peroxide) 등이 있다.  Although an activator of polymerization can be added, it may not be necessary depending on the kind of procatalyst. An activator containing neutral Group 15 and Group 16 elements that can enhance the activity of the procatalyst metal is water, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, benzyl alcohol, pemol, ethyl mercaptan ): 2-chloroethanol, trimethylamine, triethylamine, pyridine, ethylene oxide, benzoyl peroxide, t-butyl peroxide and the like.

수소 첨가반웅에 사용되는 4족 (예컨대 Ti, Zr) 흑은 8족 내지 10족 (예컨대, Ru, Ni, Pd)의 전이금속을 포함하는 촉매는 용매와 즉시 섞일 수 있는 균일 (homogeneous)한 형태이거나, 상기 금속 촉매 착화합물을 미립자 지지체 상에 담지시킨 것이 있다. 상기 미립자 지지체는 실리카, 티타니아, 실리카 /크로미아, 실리카 /크로미아 /티타니아, 실리카 /알루미나, 알루미늄 포스페이트겔 실란화된 실리카, 실리카 히드로겔ᅳ 몬트모릴로로나이트 클레이 또는 제올라이트인 것이 바람직하다.  Catalysts containing transition metals of Group 4 (eg Ti, Zr) black or Group 8 to 10 (eg Ru, Ni, Pd) used in hydrogenation reactions are homogeneous forms that can be immediately mixed with the solvent. Or a metal catalyst complex supported on the particulate support. Preferably, the particulate support is silica, titania, silica / chromia, silica / chromia / titania, silica / alumina, aluminum phosphate gel silanized silica, silica hydrogel montmorillonone clay or zeolite.

상술한 방법을 통해 화학식 3b의 반복단위 및 이를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체를 제조할 수 있다. 또, 상기 광배향성 중합체가 올레핀계 반복단위, 고리형 올레핀계 반복단위 또는 아크릴레이트계 반복단위 등을 더 포함하는 경우에도, 각 반복단위의 통상적 제조 방법으로 이들 반복단위를 형성하고, 상술한 방법으로 제조된 화학식 3b의 반복단위와 공중합하여 상기 광배향성 중합체를 얻을 수 있다. Through the aforementioned method, a repeating unit of Chemical Formula 3b and a photoalignable polymer including the same may be prepared. Moreover, even when the said photo-alignment polymer further contains an olefin type repeating unit, a cyclic olefin type repeating unit, or an acrylate type repeating unit, these repeating units are prepared by the conventional manufacturing method of each repeating unit. The photo-alignment polymer may be obtained by forming and copolymerizing with the repeating unit of Formula 3b prepared by the above-described method.

한편, 발명의 또 다른 구현예에 따르면, 상술한 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 배향막이 제공된다. 이러한 배향막에는 박막의 형태뿐 아니라 필름 형태의 배향 필름 또한 포괄될 수 있다. 발명의 또 다른 구현예에 따르면, 이러한 배향막과, 배향막 상의 액정층을 포함하는 액정 위상차 필름을 제공한다.  On the other hand, according to another embodiment of the invention, there is provided an alignment film comprising the above-described photo-alignment polymer. Such an alignment film may also include an alignment film in the form of a film as well as a thin film. According to another embodiment of the invention, there is provided a liquid crystal retardation film comprising such an alignment film and a liquid crystal layer on the alignment film.

이러한 배향막 및 액정 위상차 필름은 상술한 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 것을 제외하고는, 당업계에서 알려진 구성 성분 및 제조 방법을 이용하여 제조할 수 있다.  Such an alignment film and a liquid crystal retardation film may be manufactured using constituents and production methods known in the art, except for including the above-described photoalignable polymer.

예를 들어, 상기 배향막은 상기 광배향성 중합체, 바인더 수지 및 광개시제를 흔합하고 유기 용매에 용해시켜 코팅 조성물을 얻은 후, 이러한 코팅 조성물을 기재 상에 코팅하고 uv 경화를 진행하여 형성할 수 있다. 이때, 상기 바인더 수지로는 아크릴레이트계 수지를 사용할 수 있으며, 보다 구체적으로, 펜타에리트리를 트리아크릴레이트, 디펜타에리트리를 핵사아크릴레이트, 트리메틸올프로판 트리아크릴레이트, 트리스 (2-아크릴로일옥시에틸) 이소시아누레이트 등을 사용할 수 있다.  For example, the alignment layer may be formed by mixing the photo-alignment polymer, the binder resin and the photoinitiator and dissolving it in an organic solvent to obtain a coating composition, then coating the coating composition on a substrate and performing UV curing. At this time, the binder resin may be an acrylate-based resin, more specifically, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythroxy nuxaacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, tris (2-acryl Monooxyethyl) isocyanurate or the like can be used.

또, 상기 광개시제로는 배향막에 사용 가능한 것으로 알려진 통상적인 광개시제를 별다른 제한없이 사용할 수 있으며, 예를 들어, 상품명 1¾3 )「690그 819로 알려진 광개시제를 사용할 수 있다.  In addition, as the photoinitiator, a conventional photoinitiator known to be usable for the alignment layer may be used without particular limitation, and for example, a photoinitiator known under the trade name 1¾3) " 690 thereof 819 may be used.

그리고, 상기 유기 용매로는 를루엔, 아니솔, 클로로벤젠, 디클로로에탄, 시클로핵산, 시클로펜탄, 프로필렌글리콜 메틸에테르 아세테이트 등올 사용할 수 있다. 상술한 광배향성 중합체는 다양한 유기 용매에 대해 우수한 용해도를 나타내므로, 이외에도 다양한 유기 용매가 별다른 제한없이 사용될 수 있다.  As the organic solvent, toluene, anisole, chlorobenzene, dichloroethane, cyclonucleic acid, cyclopentane, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, and the like can be used. Since the photo-orientation polymer described above exhibits excellent solubility in various organic solvents, various organic solvents may be used without particular limitation.

상기 코팅 조성물에서, 상기 광배향성 중합체, 바인더 수지 및 광개시제를 포함하는 고형분 농도는 약 1 내지 15 중량 %로 될 수 있고, 상기 배향막을 필름 형태로 캐스팅하기 위해서는 약 10 내지 15 중량0 /0가 바람직하며, 박막 형태로 형성하기 위해서는 약 1 내지 5 중량0 /。가 바람직하다. In the coating composition, the optical orientation of the polymer, the solid concentration, which comprises a binder resin and a photo-initiator may be about 1 to 15% by weight, about 10 to 15 parts by weight 0/0 in order to cast the film, the alignment film to form Preferably, in order to form a thin film, about 1 to 5 weight 0 /. Is preferable.

이렇게 형성된 배향막은, 예를 들어, 도 1에 도시된 바와 같이, 기재 상에 형성될 수 있고, 액정의 아래에 형성되어 이를 배향시키는 작용을 할 수 있다. 이때, 상기 기재로는 고리형 중합체를 포함하는 기재, 아크릴 중합체를 포함하는 기재 또는 샐를로오스 중합체를 포함하는 기재 등올 사용할 수 있고, 상기 코팅 조성물을 바코팅, 스핀 코팅, 블레이드 코팅 등의 다양한 방법으로 기재 상에 코팅한 후 UV 경화하여 배향막을 형성할 수 있다.  The alignment layer thus formed may be formed on the substrate, for example, as illustrated in FIG. 1, and may be formed under the liquid crystal to align the same. In this case, the substrate may include a substrate including a cyclic polymer, a substrate including an acrylic polymer, or a substrate including a cellulose polymer, and various methods such as bar coating, spin coating, and blade coating of the coating composition. After coating on the substrate to form an alignment film by UV curing.

상기 UV 경화에 의해 광배향이 일어날 수 있는데 이러한 단계에서는 파장 범위가 약 150 내지 450 nm 영역의 편광된 UV를 조사하여 배향 처리를 할 수 있다. 이때, 노광의 세기는 약 50 mJ/cin2 내지 10 J/cuf 의 에너지, 바람직하게는 약 500 mJ/cu 내지 5J/crf 의 에너지로 될 수 있다. 상기 UV로는, ①석영유리, 소다라임 유리, 소다라임프리 유리 등의 투명 기판 표면에 유전이방성의 물질이 코팅된 기판을 이용한 편광 장치, ②미세하게 알루미늄 또는 금속 와이어가 증착된 편광판, 또는 ③석영유리의 반사에 의한 브루스터 편광 장치 둥을 통과 또는 반사시키는 방법으로 편광 처라된 UV 중에서 선택된 편광 UV를 적용할 수 있다. Photo-alignment may occur due to the UV curing. In this step, alignment may be performed by irradiating polarized UV in a wavelength range of about 150 to 450 nm. In this case, the intensity of the exposure may be about 50 mJ / cin 2 to 10 J / cuf of energy, preferably about 500 mJ / cu to 5J / crf. The UV is a polarizing device using a substrate coated with a dielectric anisotropic material on the surface of a transparent substrate, such as quartz glass, soda lime glass, soda lime free glass, ② a polarizer plate finely deposited aluminum or metal wire, or ③ quartz Polarized UV selected from polarized UV may be applied by passing or reflecting the Brewster polarizer round due to the reflection of the glass.

상기 UV를 조사할 때의 기판 온도는 상온이 바람직하다. 그러나, 경우에 따라서는 100 °C 이하의 온도 범위 내에서 가열된 상태로 UV를 조사할 수도 있다. 상기와 같은 일련의 과정으로 형성되는 최종 도막의 막두께는 30 내지 1000 rai인 것이 바람직하다. As for the substrate temperature at the time of irradiating the said UV, normal temperature is preferable. However, in some cases, it may be irradiated with UV in a heated state within a temperature range of 100 ° C or less. The film thickness of the final coating film formed by the above series of processes is preferably 30 to 1000 rai.

상술한 방법으로 배향막을 형성하고, 그 위에 액정층을 형성하여, 통상적인 방법에 따라 액정 위상차 필름을 제조할 수 있다. 이러한 액정 위상차 필름은 입체 화상 등의 구현을 위해 적용되는 패턴화된 액정 위상차 필름으로 될 수 있다. 이러한 패턴화된 위상차 필름에서, 상기 배향막은 광배향성 중합체의 배향 방향이 서로 상이한 2종의 배향막을 포함하고, 상기 액정층은 각 배향막에 의해 배향된 2개 영역으로 구분되어 패터닝된 것일 수 있다. 이미 상술한 바와 같이, 일 구현예의 광배향성 중합체를 사용하면,An alignment film is formed by the method mentioned above, a liquid crystal layer is formed on it, and a liquid crystal phase difference film can be manufactured in accordance with a conventional method. Such a liquid crystal retardation film may be a patterned liquid crystal retardation film applied for realizing a stereoscopic image or the like. In the patterned retardation film, the alignment layer includes two types of alignment layers having different alignment directions of the photo-alignment polymers, and the liquid crystal layer is divided into two regions oriented by each alignment layer and patterned. Can be. As already mentioned above, using the photoalignable polymer of one embodiment,

UV 편광의 전면 노광 및 단일한 마스크 공정을 적용한 UV 편광의 2차 노광을 통하여, 상기 패턴화된 액정 위상차 필름을 매우 용이하고 효율적으로 제조할 수 있다. 특히, 이러한 패턴화된 액정 위상차 필름은 각 영역별로 우수한 배향성 등을 나타낼 수 있으므로, 양호한 입체 화상 등의 구현에 크게 이바지 할 수 있다. The patterned liquid crystal retardation film can be produced very easily and efficiently through the front exposure of UV polarization and the secondary exposure of UV polarization applying a single mask process. In particular, such a patterned liquid crystal retardation film may exhibit excellent orientation and the like for each region, and may greatly contribute to the implementation of a good stereoscopic image.

상술한 배향막 또는 액정 위상차 필름은 입체 화상을 구현하기 위한 광학 필름 또는 광학 필터 등에 적용될 수 있다.  The above-described alignment film or liquid crystal retardation film may be applied to an optical film or an optical filter for realizing a stereoscopic image.

이에 발명의 또 다른 구현예에 따르면, 상기 배향막 또는 액정 위상차 필름을 포함하는 표시 소자가 제공된다. 이러한 표시 소자는 상기 배향막이 액정의 배향을 위해 포함된 액정 표시 장치나, 상기 배향막이 입체 화상을 구현하기 위한 액정 위상차 필름 등 광학 필름 또는 필터 등에 포함된 입체 화상 표시 장치 등으로 될 수 있다. 다만, 이들 표시 소자의 구성은 상술한 광배향성 중합체 및 배향막 등을 포함한다는 점을 제외하고는, 통상적인 소자의 구성에 따르므로, 이에 대한 더 이상의 구체적인 설명은 생략하기로 한다. 이하, 발명의 이해를 돕기 위하여 바람직한 실시예들올 제시한다. 그러나 하기의 실시예들은 발명을 예시하기 위한 것일 뿐, 발명을 이들만으로 한정하는 것은 아니다. 실시예 1: 4-benzyloxy-dnnamate-5-norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조)  Accordingly, according to another embodiment of the present invention, a display device including the alignment layer or the liquid crystal retardation film is provided. The display device may be a liquid crystal display device in which the alignment film is included for alignment of liquid crystals, or a stereoscopic image display device included in an optical film or a filter such as a liquid crystal retardation film for realizing a stereoscopic image. However, the configuration of these display elements is in accordance with the configuration of the conventional elements, except that the above-described photo-alignment polymer, the alignment film and the like, and the like, detailed description thereof will be omitted. Hereinafter, preferred embodiments are presented to help understand the invention. However, the following examples are only to illustrate the invention, not limited to the invention only. Example 1 Preparation of 4-benzyloxy-dnnamate-5-norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde(1 Og, 47mmol), malonic acid(2eq), piperidine(O.leq)을 pyridine (5eq)에 녹이고, 80° C에서 5시간 동안 교반하였다. 반웅 후, 상은으로 온도를 내리고, 3M HCI로 중화하였다. 형성된 흰색 고체를 필터하여 수득하였다. 이러한 고체를 진공오븐에서 건조하여 4- benzyloxy-cinnamic acid를 얻었다 . 상기 4-benzyloxy-cinnamic acid(5g, 19.7mmol), norbornene-5- ol(19mmol), Zr(AcAc)(0.2m 0 /。)를 xylene에 넣고, 190° C 에서 24시간 동안 교반하였다. 교반 후, 1M HCI, 1M NaHCO3 수용액으로 세척 하고, 용매를 제거하여, 연한 노란색의 고체인 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene을 얻었다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.87(1, m) 2.56(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 5.11(2, s) 5.98내지 6.19(2, m) 6.36(1, d) 7.3내지 7.5(9, m) 7.63(2, d). 실시예 2: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde (1 Og, 47 mmol), malonic acid (2eq) and piperidine (O.leq) were dissolved in pyridine (5eq) and stirred at 80 ° C for 5 hours. After reaction, the phase was lowered to silver and neutralized with 3M HCI. A white solid formed was obtained by filtration. This solid was dried in a vacuum oven to obtain 4-benzyloxy-cinnamic acid. The 4-benzyloxy-cinnamic acid (5g, 19.7mmol), norbornene-5-ol (19mmol), Zr (AcAc) (0.2m 0 /.) Was put in xylene, and stirred at 190 ° C for 24 hours. After stirring, the mixture was washed with 1M HCI and 1M NaHCO 3 aqueous solution, and the solvent was removed to obtain 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene as a pale yellow solid. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.87 (1, m) 2.56 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.11 (2, s) 5.98 to 6.19 (2, m) 6.36 (1, d) 7.3 to 7.5 (9, m) 7.63 (2, d). Example 2: Preparation of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실入 1예 1에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-benzyloxy- cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.87(1, m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 3.8내지 4.25(2, m) 5.11(2, s) 5.98내지 6.19(2, m) 6.36(1, d) 7.3내지 7.5(9, m) 7.63(2, d). 실시예 3: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Example 1 Except for using norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz) , ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.87 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.8 To 4.25 (2, m) 5.11 (2, s) 5.98 to 6.19 (2, m) 6.36 (1, d) 7.3 to 7.5 (9, m) 7.63 (2, d). Example 3: Preparation of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 1에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbomene-5-ethanc>l을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여, 4-benzyloxy- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.33내지 1.6(3, m) 1.8(1, m) 2.43(1, m) 2.90(1, s) 3.3내지 3.9(2, m) 5.11(2, s) 5.95내지 6.17(2, m) 6.36(1, d) 7.3내지 7.5(9, m) 7.63(2, d). 실시예 4: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤ 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbomene-5-ethanc> l instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz) , ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.33 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.8 (1, m) 2.43 (1, m) 2.90 (1, s 3.3 to 3.9 (2, m) 5.11 (2, s) 5.95 to 6.17 (2, m) 6.36 (1, d) 7.3 to 7.5 (9, m) 7.63 (2, d). Example 4: Preparation of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ≤ (preparation of cyclic olefin compounds)

실시예 -1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)- benzaldehyde 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene¾- 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.67(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.49(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시예 5: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-instead of 4-benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example-1 Except for using benzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene¾-. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.49 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 5: Preparation of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 4에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methan 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-fluora- benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene를 제조하였다. Except for using norbornene-5-methan instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 4, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-fluora- benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene It was.

NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.49(2, d) 7.65(1 ' s). NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.75 To 4.3 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.49 (2, d ) 7.65 (1's).

' '

실시예 6: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조)  Example 6 Preparation of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 4에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethan 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-fluoro- benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.36내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1, m) 2.45(1, m) 2.91(1, s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.49(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시예 7: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbornene-5-ethan instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 4, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-fluoro-bennzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene It was. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.36 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.49 (2 , d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 7: Preparation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ≦ l (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)- benzaldehyde 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene¾ 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.21내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.37(3, s) 2.67(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2, m) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.45(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시예 8: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) : Except for using 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -benzaldehyde instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions, 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate- 5-norbornene¾ was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.21 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.37 (3, s) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, m) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.45 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 8: Preparation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (preparation of cyclic olefin compounds) :

실시 예 7에서 norbomene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-methyl- benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.37(3, s) 2.47(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 3.74내지 4.28(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2, d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.47(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 예 9: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene의 제조 (고리형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbomene-5-ol in Example 7, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene It was. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.37 (3, s) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.74 to 4.28 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m ) 7.47 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 9: Preparation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실시 예 7에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethanol을 Λ1 "용한 것을 제의하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-methyl- benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene 를 제조하였다.In Example 7, except that norbornene-5-ethanol was used instead of Λ 1 ", the reaction was carried out in the same manner and under the same procedure. 4- (4-methyl-bennzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene was prepared.

NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.35내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1 , m) 2.37(3, s) 2.45(1, m) 2.91(1 , s) 3.33내지 3.96(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6/11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2, d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.49(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시예 10: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤] 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.35 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.37 (3, s) 2.45 (1 , m ) 2.91 (1, s) 3.33 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6/11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.49 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 10 Preparation of 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene≤] (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시 예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-methoxy- benzyloxy)-benzaldehyde을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행.하여, 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.20내지 1.27(2, m)In Example 1, except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions. 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate -5-norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.20 to 1.27 (2, m)

1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.67(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 4.44(3, s) 5.05(2, s) 5.98내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 7.01(2, d) 7.16(2, m) 7.44(2, m) 7.51(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 예 11: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 4.44 (3, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.98 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 7.01 (2, d) 7.16 (2, m) 7.44 (2, m) 7.51 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 11: Preparation of 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실入 1예 10에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여 , 4-(4- methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene를 .제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1 , s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2, d) 7.01(2, d) 7.16(2, m) 7.44(2, m) 7.51(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 예 12: 4-(4-m ethoxy-benzyloxy)-ci n na m ate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) The reaction proceeded in the same manner and under the same procedure, except that norbornene-5-methanol was used instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 10, 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene Manufactured. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.75 To 4.3 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.01 (2, d) 7.16 (2, m) 7.44 (2, m) ) 7.51 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 12 Preparation of 4- (4-m ethoxy-benzyloxy) -ci n na mate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Ring-type Elefin Compound)

실시 예 ' 10에서 norbornene-5-ol ' 대신 norbomene-5-ethan )l을 Λ}용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여 , 4-(4-methoxy- benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.33내지 1.57(3, m) 1.86(1 , m) 2.45(1 , m) 2.92(1 , s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 7.01(2, d) 7.16(2, m) 7.44(2, m) 7.51(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 예 13: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Embodiment, except that instead of norbomene-5-ethan) yonghan the l Λ} 'norbornene-5- ol in 10', the process proceeds to banung by the same method under the same condition, 4- (4-methoxy- benzyloxy) -cinnamate- 5-ethyl norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.33 to 1.57 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.92 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 7.01 (2, d) 7.16 (2, m) 7.44 (2, m) 7.51 (2 , d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 13: Preparation of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(2-naphthalene- methyloxy) -benzaldehyde을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여, 4-(2ᅳ naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5- norbomene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.64(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 5.28(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.31(1 , d) 6.63(2, d) 7.5(6, m) 7.9(4, m). 실시 예 14: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -benzaldehyde instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions, 4- (2 4- naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate- 5-norbomene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.64 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.28 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.31 (1, d) 6.63 (2, d) 7.5 (6, m) 7.9 (4, m). Example 14 Preparation of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclolephleine Compound)

실시 예 13에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol-ir 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여 , 4-(2- naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 를 제조하였다 . NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1 ,27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.48(1 , m) 2.91(1 , s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.28(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.31(1 , d) 6.63(2, d) 7.5(6, m) 7.9(4, m). 실시예 15: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbornene-5-methanol-ir instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 13, reaction was carried out in the same manner and under the same manner, to form 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene. Prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1, 27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.48 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s ) 3.75 to 4.3 (2, m) 5.28 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.31 (1, d) 6.63 (2, d) 7.5 (6, m) 7.9 (4, m). Example 15 Preparation of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 13에서 norbomene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethan 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여 , 4-(2- naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.21내지 1.27(2, m) 1.37내지 1.6(3, m)Except for using norbornene-5-ethan instead of norbomene-5-ol in Example 13, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene It was. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.21 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.37 to 1.6 (3, m)

1.86(1 , m) 2.45(1 , m) 2.90(1 , s) 3.62내지 4.05(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6. "(2, m) 6.31(1 , d) 6.63(2, d) 7.5(6, m) 7.9(4, m). 실시 예 16: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-dnnamate-5-norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.90 (1, s) 3.62 to 4.05 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6. "(2, m) 6.31 (1, d) 6.63 ( 2, d) 7.5 (6, m) 7.9 (4, m) Example 16: Preparation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -dnnamate-5-norbornene (preparation of cyclic olefin compounds)

실 | 여】 Ί에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-methylketone bezyloxy) -benzaldehyde 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여 , 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5- norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.67(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 3.66(3, s) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.27(1 , d) 7.0(2, d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.50(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시예 17: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Thread | Except for the use of 4- (4-methylketone bezyloxy) -benzaldehyde instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and under the same conditions, and 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5- norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.66 ( 3, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.27 (1, d) 7.0 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.50 (2, d) 7.65 ( 1, s). Example 17: 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl Preparation of norbornene (production of cyclic olefin compounds)

실시 예 16에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbomene-5-methanol^- 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4- methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.87(1, m) 2.47(1 , m) 2.93(1, s) 3.66(3, s) 3.8내지 4.25(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.27(1 , d) 7.0(2, d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.50(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 예 18: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbomene-5-methanol ^-instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 16, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene It was. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.87 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.66 (3, s) 3.8 to 4.25 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.27 (1, d) 7.0 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2, m ) 7.50 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Example 18 Preparation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Ring-type Elefin Compound)

실시 예 16에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethanol을 入 ]·용한 것을 쎄외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여, 4-(4- methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.24내지 1.29(2, m) 1.33내지 1.6(3, m) 1.8(1 , m) 2.43(1 , m) 2.90(1 , s) 3.66(3, s) 3.8내지 4.25(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2ᅳ m) 6.27(1, d) 7.0(2, d) 7.1(2, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.50(2, d) 7.65(1 , s). 실시 '예 19: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbornene-5-ethanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 16, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and under the same procedure. 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene Was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.24 to 1.29 (2, m) 1.33 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.8 (1, m) 2.43 (1, m) 2.90 (1, s ) 3.66 (3, s) 3.8 to 4.25 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2 ᅳ m) 6.27 (1, d) 7.0 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.4 (2 M) 7.50 (2, d) 7.65 (1, s). Embodiment, for example 19: 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) Preparation of -cinnamate-5-norbornene (Preparation of cyclic eulre pin compound)

실시 예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -benzaldehyde을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여 , 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -benzaldehyde 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.87(1, m) 2.56(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 5.10(2, s) 5.96내지 6.16(2, m) 6.55(1 , d) 7.4내지 7.55(5, m) 7.65(2, d) 7.68(4, m). 실시 예 20: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물와 제조) 실시 예 19에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여 , 4-(1- phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.87(1, m) 2.56(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.10(2, s) 5.96내지 6.16(2, m) 6.55(1 , d) 7.4내지 7.55(5, m) 7.65(2, d) 7.68(4, m). 실시 예 21 : 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Except that 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, reaction was conducted in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -benzaldehyde. . NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.87 (1, m) 2.56 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.10 (2, s) 5.96 to 6.16 (2, m) 6.55 (1, d) 7.4 to 7.55 (5, m) 7.65 (2, d) 7.68 (4, m). Example 20 Preparation of 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (prepared with a cyclic olefin compound) Except for using norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 19, 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene was prepared in the same manner and reaction. . NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.87 (1, m) 2.56 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.75 To 4.3 (2, m) 5.10 (2, s) 5.96 to 6.16 (2, m) 6.55 (1, d) 7.4 to 7.55 (5, m) 7.65 (2, d) 7.68 (4, m). Example 21 Preparation of 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 19에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethanol-i- 용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여 , 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.34내지 1.59(3, m) 1.86(1 , m) 2.56(1 , m) 2.92(1 , s) 3.31내지 3.96(2, m) 5.10(2, s) 5.96내지 6,16(2, m) 6.55(1 , d) 7.4내지 7.55(5, m) 7.65(2, d) 7.68(4, m). 실시 예 22: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) In Example 19, except that norbornene-5-ethanol-i- was used instead of norbornene-5-ol, the reaction was carried out according to the same method and conditions as for 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. Prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.34 to 1.59 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.56 (1, m) 2.92 (1, s ) 3.31 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.10 (2, s) 5.96 to 6,16 (2, m) 6.55 (1, d) 7.4 to 7.55 (5, m) 7.65 (2, d) 7.68 (4, m ). Example 22 Preparation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene ≦ l (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-benzyloxy)- benzyloxy -benzaldehyde 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz). ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.67(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 5.16(4, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.99내지 7.15(8,d) 7.4내지 7.51(5, d) 7.61(1 , s). 실시 예 23: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Example ■ The reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, and 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate -5- norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz) .ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.16 (4, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.99 to 7.15 (8, d) 7.4 to 7.51 (5, d) 7.61 (1, s). Example 23 Preparation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실시 예 22에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것올 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여, 4-(4- benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.16(4, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.99내지 7.15(8,d) 7.4내지 7.51(5, d) 7.61(1, s). 실시예 24: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) In Example 22, norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol Except for those used, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.75 To 4.3 (2, m) 5.16 (4, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.99 to 7.15 (8, d) 7.4 to 7.51 (5, d) 7.61 (1, s). Example 24 Preparation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 22에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethanol^r 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반응을 진행하여, 4-(4- benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.36내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1, m) 2.45(1, m) 2.91(1, s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.16(4, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.99내지 7.15(8,d) 7.4내지 7.51(5, d) 7.61(1, s). 실시예 25: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene^| 제조 (고리형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) In Example 22, except for using norbornene-5-ethanol ^ r instead of norbornene-5-ol, the reaction was carried out according to the same method and conditions to obtain 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. Prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.36 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.16 (4, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.99 to 7.15 (8, d) 7.4 to 7.51 (5, d) 7.61 (1, s ). Example 25: 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ | Preparation (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실入 1여 1 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)- benzyloxy -benzaldehyde을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.55(1, m) 2.91(1, s) 5.08(4, s) 5.91내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.20(2, m) 7.31내지 7.63(8, m) 7.68(1, s) 7.84(2, d). 실시예 26: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) The reaction was conducted in the same manner and under the same conditions, except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-benzaldehyde was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in 1 1 1 1 of the sealant, and 4- (4-fluoro- phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz) , ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.55 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s) 5.08 (4, s) 5.91 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.20 (2, m) 7.31 to 7.63 (8, m) 7.68 (1, s) 7.84 (2, d ). Example 26 Preparation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실시예 25에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4- fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1 .27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.55(1 , m) 2.92(1, s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.08(4, s) 5.91내지 6/11 (2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2,d) 7.20(2, m) 7.31내지 7.63(8, m) 7.68(1, s) 7.84(2, d). 실시 예 27: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) In Example 25 norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol Except for the use, reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.55 (1, m) 2.92 (1, s ) 3.75 to 4.3 (2, m) 5.08 (4, s) 5.91 to 6/11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.20 (2, m) 7.31 to 7.63 (8, m 7.68 (1, s) 7.84 (2, d). Example 27 Preparation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 25에서 norbomene-5-ol 대신 norbomene-5-ethanol을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-fluoro- phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.36내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1 , m) 2.55(1 , m) 2.92(1 , s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.08(4, s) 5.91내지 6.11 (2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 6.97(2,d) 7.20(2, m) 7.31내지 7.63(8, m) 7.68(1, s) 7.84(2, d). 실^) 예 28: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbomene-5-ethanol instead of norbomene-5-ol in Example 25, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions, 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene Was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.36 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.55 (1, m) 2.92 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.08 (4, s) 5.91 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.20 (2, m) 7.31 to 7.63 (8, m) 7.68 (1, s) 7.84 (2, d). Example 28: Preparation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (Preparation of Cycloolefin Compound)

실시 예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde 대신 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)- benzyloxy -benzaldehyde 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbomene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m) 2.67(1 , m) 2.93(1 , s) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.1 1 (2, m) 6.30(1 , d) 7.11내지 7.25(4, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.60내지 7.68(3, m). 실시 예 29: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리 형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-benzaldehyde instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehyde in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions, 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate- 5-norbomene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz) , ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.1 1 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 7.11 to 7.25 (4, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.60 to 7.68 (3, m). Example 29 Preparation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Ring-type Elefin Compound)

실시 예 28에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-methanol을 사용한 갓을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4- trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 3.74내지 4.28(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 7.11내지 7.25(4, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.60내지 7.68(3, m). 실시예 30: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물와제조) In Example 28, the reaction was carried out by the same method and conditions except for the use of norbornene-5-methanol instead of norbornene-5-ol, to obtain 4- (4- Trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.74 To 4.28 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 7.11 to 7.25 (4, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.60 to 7.68 (3, m). Example 30 Preparation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (prepared with a cyclic olefin compound)

실시예 28에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethan 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4- trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 를 제조하 다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.36내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1, m) 2.45(1, m) 2.91(1, s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 7.11내지 7.25(4, m) 7.4(2, m) 7.60내지 7.68(3, m). 실시예 31: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^ 제조 (고리형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) In Example 28, except that norbornene-5-ol was used instead of norbornene-5-ethan, the reaction was carried out by the same method and conditions to prepare 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. All. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.36 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 7.11 to 7.25 (4, m) 7.4 (2, m) 7.60 to 7.68 (3, m ). Example 31 Preparation of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실시예 1에서 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehycle 대신 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- benzaldehyde을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1 , m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1 ,d) 1.88(1 , m)Except for using 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -benzaldehyde instead of 4-Benzyloxy-benzaldehycle in Example 1, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions, 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate- 5-norbornene was prepared. NMR (CDCI 3 (500 MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m)

2.67(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.30(2, m) 7.45(2, d) 7.61(1, s). 실시예 32: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 제조 (고리형 올레핀 화합물의 제조) 2.67 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.30 (2, m) 7.45 (2, d) 7.61 (1, s). Example 32 Preparation of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (Preparation of Cyclic Olefin Compound)

실시예 31에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbomene-5-methan 을 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4- bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.47(1,d) 1.88(1, m) 2.47(1, m) 2.93(1, s) 3.75내지 4.3(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.30(2, m) 7.45(2, d) 7.61(1, s). 실시예 33: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene의 제조 (고리형 을레핀 화합물의 제조) Except for using norbomene-5-methan instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 31, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene It was. NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.47 (1, d) 1.88 (1, m) 2.47 (1, m) 2.93 (1, s) 3.75 To 4.3 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.30 (2, m) 7.45 (2, d ) 7.61 (1, s). Example 33 Preparation of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (Preparation of Cyclolephine Compound)

실시예 31에서 norbornene-5-ol 대신 norbornene-5-ethanol 사용한 것을 제외하고는, 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 반웅을 진행하여, 4-(4-bramo- benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene를 제조하였다. NMR(CDCI3(500MHz), ppm): 0.6(1, m) 1.22내지 1.27(2, m) 1.36내지 1.6(3, m) 1.86(1, m) 2.45(1, m) 2.91(1, s) 3.32내지 3.96(2, m) 5.05(2, s) 5.97내지 6.11(2, m) 6.30(1, d) 6.97(2,d) 7.1(2, m) 7.30(2, m) 7.45(2, d) 7.61(1, s). 실시예 34: 4-benzyloxy-cinhamate-5-norbornene≤] 증합 Except for using norbornene-5-ethanol instead of norbornene-5-ol in Example 31, the reaction was carried out in the same manner and conditions to prepare 4- (4-bramo- benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene. . NMR (CDCI 3 (500MHz), ppm): 0.6 (1, m) 1.22 to 1.27 (2, m) 1.36 to 1.6 (3, m) 1.86 (1, m) 2.45 (1, m) 2.91 (1, s ) 3.32 to 3.96 (2, m) 5.05 (2, s) 5.97 to 6.11 (2, m) 6.30 (1, d) 6.97 (2, d) 7.1 (2, m) 7.30 (2, m) 7.45 (2 , d) 7.61 (1, s). Example 34 4-benzyloxy-cinhamate-5-norbornene ≦] integration

250 쉬렌크 (schlenk) 플라스크에 모노머로 실시예 1의 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)과 용매로 정제된 를루엔 (400중량0 /。)를 투입하였다. 그리고, 1-옥텐 (10mol%)를 첨가하였다. 교반을 하면서 온도를 90°C로 을리고, 촉매로서 디클로로메탄 11 에 녹인A Schlenk with 250 (schlenk) 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate- 5-norbornene (50mmol) and the solvent of Example 1, a flask was charged with the purified monomer to toluene (400 parts by weight 0 /.). And 1-octene (10 mol%) was added. The temperature was lowered to 90 ° C with stirring, and dissolved in dichloromethane 11 as a catalyst.

Pd(OAc)2 (16|jmol)과 트리사이클로핵실포스핀 (32μ ι ), 조촉매로 디메틸아닐리늄 테트라키스펜타플루오로페닐 보레이트 (dimethylanilinium tetrakiss(pentafluorophenyl)borate) (32μηιοΙ)를 첨 7]·하고, 16人1간 동안 Pd (OAc) 2 (16 | jmol) and tricyclo haeksil phosphine (32μ ι), impregnated the borate (dimethylanilinium tetrakiss (pentafluorophenyl) borate) (32μηιοΙ) with dimethylanilinium tetrakispentafluorophenyl not Dimethyl as co-catalyst 7, For 16 years

90°C에서 교반하면서 반응시켰다. The reaction was stirred at 90 ° C.

반웅 후에 상기 반웅물을 과량의 에탄올에 투입하여 흰색의 중합체 침전물을 얻었다. 이 침전물을 유리 깔때기로 걸러서 회수한 중합체를 진공오본에서 60 °C로 24 시간 동안 건조하여 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=198k,After reaction, the reaction product was added to an excess of ethanol to obtain a white polymer precipitate. The precipitate was filtered with a glass funnel and the recovered polymer was dried in a vacuum oven at 60 ° C. for 24 hours to obtain a polymer (Mw = 198 k,

PDI = 3.22, 수율 = 68%). 실시예 35: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene≤l 중합 실入 I예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 2의 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene(50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 35의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=162k, PDI = 3.16, 수율 = 81 %). 실시 예 36: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene≤l 증합 PDI = 3.22, yield = 68%). Example 35 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene ≤ l polymerization seal I 4-in Example 2 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 Except for using benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) as a monomer, the polymer of Example 35 was obtained in the same manner and in the same manner as in Example 34 (Mw = 162k, PDI = 3.16, yield = 81%). Example 36 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ≦ l thickening

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 3의 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene(50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 36의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=159k, PDI = 4.10, 수율 = 80%). 실시 예 37: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^ 중합 실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene .대신 실시 예 4의 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene(50mmol)^r 모노머로 ' 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 37의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=121 k, PDI = 3.52, 수율 = 62%). 실시 예 38: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 중합 Except for using 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 3 as a monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 36 polymers were obtained (Mw = 159k, PDI = 4.10, yield = 80%). Example 37 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ Polymerization 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 . Example 4 instead of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol) ^ r a monomer, except that "is carried out in the same manner and conditions as in Example 34, Example 37 to give the polymer of ( Mw = 121 k, PDI = 3.52, yield = 62%). Example 38: Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시 예 1 의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 5의 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene(50minol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 38의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=135k, PDI = 2.94, 수율 = 82%). 실시 예 39: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 중합  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50minol) of Example 5 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 34. The polymer of Example 38 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 135 k, PDI = 2.94, yield = 82%). Example 39 Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시 여 I 1 의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 6의 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 ]·용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 39의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=144k, PDI = 4.03, 수율 = 74%). 실시예 40: 4-(4-met yl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^ 중합 실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 7의 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 40의 증합체를 얻었다 (Mw=111 k, PDI = 3.56, 수율 = 58%). 실시예 41: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene의 중합 Example 4 except that 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 6 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example I 1. Example 39 in the same manner and conditions as in 34 A polymer was obtained (Mw = 144k, PDI = 4.03, yield = 74%). Example 40 4- (4-metyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ polymerization 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-of Example 7 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 Except for using cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) as a monomer, the polymer of Example 40 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 34 (Mw = 111 k, PDI = 3.56, yield = 58%). Example 41 Polymerization of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시 예 8의 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 41의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=134k, PDI = 3.71 , 수율 = 75%). 실시 예 42: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene의 증합  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50 mmol) of Example 8 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 34. The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 41 (Mw = 134k, PDI = 3.71, yield = 75%). Example 42: Incorporation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene

실入 1여 1 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 9의 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 42의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=130k, PDI = 4.00, 수율 = 71%). 실시예 43: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 중합 실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene '대신 실시 예 10의 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 43의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=146k, PDI = 3.42, 수율 = 74%). 실시예 44: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene의 중합 Example 1 except that 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (50mmol) of Example 9 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene as a monomer. The polymer of Example 42 was obtained by the same method and conditions as 34 (Mw = 130k, PDI = 4.00, yield = 71%). Example 43: 4- (4-methoxy- benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene polymerization in Example 1 of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene ' instead Example 10 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy ) of the - The polymer of Example 43 was obtained in the same manner and in the same manner as in Example 34, except that cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) was used as the monomer (Mw = 146k, PDI = 3.42, yield = 74%). Example 44: 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene polymerization

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 11의 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 44의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=144k, PDI = 3.04, 수율 = 79%). 실시예 45: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 중합  Same as Example 34, except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 11 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 44 (Mw = 144k, PDI = 3.04, yield = 79%). Example 45 Polymerization of 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 12의 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을' 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 45의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=123k, PDI = 3.69, 수율 = 71%). 실시예 46: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^ 중합 Example 34 except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 12 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 45 was obtained by the same method and conditions as (Mw = 123k, PDI = 3.69, yield = 71%). Example 46: 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ polymerization

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 13의 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 46의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=91k, PDI = 4.01, 수율 = 54%). 실시예 47: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 증합 Example 1 of the 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene instead of the embodiment 13 of the 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) in the same manner as Example 34 except that the monomers used in -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol) The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 46 (Mw = 91 k, PDI = 4.01, yield = 54%). Example 47: Integration of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 14의 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 47의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=83k, PDI =3.97, 수율 =61%). 시예 48: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene β 9uaujoqjou-g-9iBUJBUU!0-(Axo|Aicl9LjOJon|jj8d |Au9L|d-i :gg ^ γ^- Same as Example 34, except that 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 14 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 47 was obtained by the method and the conditions (Mw = 83k, PDI = 3.97, yield = 61%). Example 48: 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene β 9uaujoqjou-g-9iBUJBUU! 0- (Axo | Aicl9LjOJon | jj8d | Au9L | di: gg ^ γ ^-

Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001

종 (pniLUOS) euaujoqjou |Ag}9-g-9}6LUBuu -(Axo|Azu8q θυο^θ^ ^θ^ι-^-ρ \ Q [biv^- ivtti 9uaujoqjou-g-9BLUBUU!o-Axo|Azuaq-t7 \ γ^ susujoqjou Iᄉ Species (pniLUOS) euaujoqjou | Ag} 9-g-9} 6LUBuu-(Axo | Azu8q θυο ^ θ ^ ^ θ ^ ι-^-ρ \ Q [biv ^-ivtti 9uaujoqjou-g-9BLUBUU! O-Axo | Azuaq -t7 \ γ ^ susujoqjou I ᄉ

oz oz

(% (%

^"o ^ ^

Figure imgf000049_0002
^ " o ^ ^
Figure imgf000049_0002

^-( πιαΐ0 ) au3UJoqjou [Λ Θ iu-g-8;BLueu u p-(Axo(Xzu9q suo^^iAmauj-t?)-†? lb W 9U8UJoqjou-g-8ieiueuu!o-Axo|Azu8q-i7 Ib ^ ^-(πιαΐ0) au3UJoqjou [Λ Θ iu-g-8; BLueu u p- (Axo (Xzu9q suo ^^ iAmauj-t?)-†? lb W 9U8UJoqjou-g-8ieiueuu! o-Axo | Azu8q-i7 Ib ^

Figure imgf000049_0003
| eueujoqjou 51 |Am9LU-g-8iBLUBUU!0-(Axo|Azu8q βυο}θ||Λμ}θΐχι-^)-^ :09 Ibl ^ ί%Ι =룡^ '£Ζ Ρ = lad '>l6C =M|/\|>b^ 를1 ¾옫 to6l7 Ibiv^ ^ ^t¾ i¾Po-ir Iblv^ 극 ir^ ^ 륭^ ¾융
Figure imgf000049_0003
| eueujoqjou 51 | Am9LU-g-8iBLUBUU! 0- (Axo | Azu8q βυο} θ || Λμ} θΐχι-^)-^ : 09 Ibl ^ ί% Ι = Dragon ^ '£ Ζ Ρ = lad'> l6C = M | / \ |> b ^ 1 ¾ 옫 to6l7 Ibiv ^ ^ ^ t¾ i¾Po-ir Iblv ^ pole ir ^ ^ great ^ ¾ jung

\μ^Έ ^( aiaiog) 8U8UJoqjou-g-9iBLUBUup-(Axo|Azuaq Θυοΐθ^ιΑ θΐιι-^)-^ ox  \ μ ^ Έ ^ (aiaiog) 8U8UJoqjou-g-9iBLUBUup- (Axo | Azuaq Θυοΐθ ^ ιΑ θΐιι-^)-^ ox

[^[y^ [^ [y ^

Figure imgf000049_0004
Figure imgf000049_0004

ft읖 Q au8UJoqjou-9-9}BLUBUu -(Axo|Azu9q suo^i mdiu- )-^ : Q l γ^  ft 읖 Q au8UJoqjou-9-9} BLUBUu-(Axo | Azu9q suo ^ i mdiu-)-^ : Q l γ ^

=룡^ 'ΖΓ£ = lad '>120l.= |Al)- ^¾ 를 ί 읖 to8t7 [ lY^ 5

Figure imgf000049_0005
= Dragon ^ 'ΖΓ £ = lad'> 120l. = | Al)-^ ¾ ί 읖 to8t7 [lY ^ 5
Figure imgf000049_0005

晉 (pniLUOS) SUSUJOqjOU |AmS-g-91BLUBUU -(AxO|A^8LU-8Ua|BLjJLJClBU-2)-^ 晉 (pniLUOS) SUSUJOqjOUAmS-g-91BLUBUU-(AxO | A ^ 8LU-8Ua | BLjJLJClBU-2)-^

( QI. [o [γ^· [y(a 8U8UJOqjOU-9-a}BLUBUUj0-AX0|AzU8q-|7 ό|, [^, y^  (QI. [O [γ ^ · [y (a 8U8UJOqjOU-9-a} BLUBUUj0-AX0 | AzU8q- | 7 ό |, [^, y ^

^옫 to  ^ 옫 to

szo80o/eioia¾/i3d 8988εθ/ίΊΟΖ OAV 중합 szo80o / eioia¾ / i3d 8988εθ / ίΊΟΖ OAV polymerization

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene . 대신 실시 예 19의 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 52의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=1 16k, PDI = 3.09, 수율 = 57%). 실시 예 53: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 중합  4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. Instead, the polymer of Example 52 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 34, except that 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 19 was used as the monomer (Mw = 1 16k, PDI = 3.09, yield = 57%). Example 53 Polymerization of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대'신 실시 예 20의 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 53의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=105k, P이 = 3.88, 수율 = 69%). 실시 예 54: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 의 중합 Example 1 of the 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene against ", except that a new embodiment 20 of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate- 5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) as the monomer in Example 34 and In the same manner and under the same conditions, the polymer of Example 53 was obtained (Mw = 105 k, P = 3.88, yield = 69%). Example 54 Polymerization of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 21 의 4-(1 -phenyl pert I uoroheptyloxy)-ci n na m ate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 54의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=87k, P이 = 4.62, 수율 = 51 %). 실시 예 55: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 중합  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (1 -phenyl pert I uoroheptyloxy) -ci n na mate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 21 was used as a monomer. In the same manner and conditions as in Example 34, the polymer of Example 54 was obtained (Mw = 87 k, P = 4.62, yield = 51%). Example 55 Polymerization of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시 예 22의 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 55의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=137k, P이 = 3.19, 수율 = 68%). 시 예 56: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene //u O sssooSOSMld 8988sAV The same method as in Example 34, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 22 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1. And the polymer of Example 55 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 137k, P = 3.19, yield = 68%). Example 56: 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene // u O sssooS O SMld 8988sAV

Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001

norbornene의 중합 polymerization of norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 27의 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 60의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=116k, PDI =4.17, 수율 =68%). 실시예 61: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 중합  Example 34 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 27 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 60 was obtained by the same method and conditions as (Mw = 116k, PDI = 4.17, yield = 68%). Example 61: Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 28의 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 61의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=133k, PDI = 3.10, 수율 =44%). 실시예 62: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 중합  The same method as in Example 34, except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 28 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 And the polymer of Example 61 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 133k, PDI = 3.10, yield = 44%). Example 62: Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 29의 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 62의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=121k, PDI = 3.38, 수율 = 48%). 실시예 63: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 의 증합  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 29 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 34. The polymer of Example 62 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 121 k, PDI = 3.38, yield = 48%). Example 63: Incorporation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 30의 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 63의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=127k, PDI =3.32, 수율 =41%). 실시예 64: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 중합 실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 31의 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 쎄외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 64의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=168k, PDI = 3.06, 수율 = 74%). 실시예 65: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene 의 중합 Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 , except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 30 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 34. The polymer of Example 63 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 127k, PDI = 3.32, yield = 41%). Example 64: Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene The same method as in Example 34, except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 31 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. And the conditions of Example 64 were obtained (Mw = 168k, PDI = 3.06, yield = 74%). Example 65 Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene

실시 여 1 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 32의 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 65의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=160k, PDI = 3.24, 수율 = 83%). 실시 예 66: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene 의 중합  Example 34 and 34 except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50 mmol) of Example 32 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 1. In the same manner and under the same conditions, the polymer of Example 65 was obtained (Mw = 160k, PDI = 3.24, yield = 83%). Example 66: Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시 예 33의 Example 33 Instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1

4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 34와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 66의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=146k, PDI = 3.52, 수율 = 72%). 실시 예 67: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l 개환 중합 (ring opening methathesis polymerization) 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의 한 증합체 제조The polymer of Example 66 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 34, except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbomene (50 mmol) was used as the monomer (Mw = 146k, PDI = 3.52, yield = 72%). Example 67 Preparation of Polymers by 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene ≦ l ring opening methathesis polymerization and hydrogenation reaction

Ar 분위기 하에서 250 ml 쉬 렌크 (schlenk) 플라스크에 4-benzyloxy- cinnamate-5-norbomene (50 mmol)을 넣은 후 용매로 정 제된 를루엔 (600중량0 /0)을 투입하였다. 이 폴라스크를 중합 온도인 80°C로 유지한 상태에서 조촉매인 트리에 틸 알루미늄 (triethyl aluminum) (1 mmol)을 먼저 투입하였다. 이어서 텅스텐 헥사클로라이드 (WCI8)와 에 탄올이 1 :3의 비율로 섞 여 있는 0.01 M(mol/L) 를루엔 용액 1 ml(WCI8 O.OI mmol, 에탄을 0.03mmol)을 플라스크에 첨가하였다. 마지 막으로 분자량 조절제인 1-옥텐 (15mol%)올 폴라스크에 첨가한 후 18시간 동안 80°C에서 교반하면서 반응시켰다. 반웅이 끝난 후 중합액에 중합 정지제인 에틸 비닐 에테르 (ethyl vinyl ether)를 소량 떨어 뜨리고 5분간 교반시켰다. It was charged with 250 ml Schlenk (schlenk) 4-benzyloxy- cinnamate- 5-norbomene toluene (600 parts by weight 0/0), the information deleted by the solvent into a (50 mmol) into a flask under Ar atmosphere. Triethyl aluminum (1 mmol) as a cocatalyst was first introduced while maintaining the polar flask at a polymerization temperature of 80 ° C. Then 1 ml of 0.01 M (mol / L) toluene solution (WCI 8 O.OI mmol, ethane 0.03 mmol) with tungsten hexachloride (WCI 8 ) and ethanol at a ratio of 1: 3 was added to the flask. It was. Finally, 1-octene as a molecular weight regulator After addition to the (15 mol%) ol polarsk it was reacted with stirring at 80 ° C. for 18 hours. After the reaction was completed, a small amount of ethyl vinyl ether, a polymerization terminator, was added to the polymerization solution and stirred for 5 minutes.

상기 중합액을 300mL 고압반응기에 이송시킨 다음, 트리에틸 알루미늄 (TEA) 0.06 를 첨가하였다. 이어서 그레이스 라니 니켈 (grace raney Nickel(slurry phase in water)) 0.5 g을 첨가한 후 수소 압력을 80atm으로 유지해주면서 2시간 동안 15CTC에서 교반하면서 반웅시켰다. 반응이 완결된 후, 중합액을 아세톤에 떨어뜨려 침전시킨 다음 이를 여과하여 70°C 진공오본에서 15시간 동안 건조시켰다. 그 결과 4-benzyloxy- cinnamate-5-norbornene의 개환 수소 첨가 중합체 (ring-opened hydrogenated polymer)을 얻었다 (Mw=83k, PDI = 4.92, 수율 = 88 %,). 실시예 68: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 개환 증합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 The polymerization solution was transferred to a 300 mL high pressure reactor, and then 0.06 triethyl aluminum (TEA) was added. Then 0.5 g of grace raney Nickel (slurry phase in water) was added and reacted with stirring at 15 CTC for 2 hours while maintaining the hydrogen pressure at 80 atm. After the reaction was completed, the polymerization solution was dropped into acetone to precipitate, and then filtered and dried in a vacuum oven at 70 ° C for 15 hours. As a result, a ring-opened hydrogenated polymer of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene was obtained (Mw = 83k, PDI = 4.92, yield = 88%,). Example 68 Polymerization by Ring Opening and Hydrogenation of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 2의 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene(50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 68의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=87k, PDI = 4.22, 수율 = 87%). 실시예 69: 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  Except for using 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbomene (50mmol) of Example 2 as a monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 in the same manner and in the same manner as in Example 67 A polymer of 68 was obtained (Mw = 87 k, PDI = 4.22, yield = 87%). Example 69: Preparation of polymers by ring-opening polymerization of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 3의 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene(50mniol)을 모노머로 사용한' 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 69의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=71k, PDI =4.18, 수율 =80%). 실시예 70: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene의 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 4의 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene(50mmol)¾- 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 70의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=90k, PDI = 3.40, 수율 = 71%). 실시예 71: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 Example 1 of the embodiment with 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5- norbornene instead the same manner and conditions as in Example 3 4- benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene in Example 67 except (50mniol) that a "used as a monomer The polymer of Example 69 was obtained (Mw = 71 k, PDI = 4.18, yield = 80%). Example 70 Polymerization by 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene and Polymer Preparation by Hydrogenation Same as Example 67 except for using the 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol) ¾- monomer of Example 4 instead of the 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 70 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 90 k, PDI = 3.40, yield = 71%). Example 71: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 5의 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene(50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 기의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=87k, PDI = 3.98, 수율 = 76%). 실시예 72: 4-(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  Same as Example 67 except that 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 5 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The methods and conditions gave the polymer of the example group (Mw = 87k, PDI = 3.98, yield = 76%). Example 72 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 6의 4- 4- of Example 6 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1

(4-fluoro-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 72의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=68k, PDI = 3.51, 수율 =74%). 실시예 73: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene≤l 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 72 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that (4-fluoro-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) was used as the monomer (Mw = 68 k, PDI = 3.51, Yield = 74%). Example 73 Preparation of Polymers by 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ≦ l Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 7의 4- (4-methyl-benzy!oxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 73의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=69k, PDI = 4.13, 수율 = 77%). 실시예 74: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응쎄 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 8의 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 74의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=81k, PDI = 3.49, 수율 = 84%). 실시예 75: 4-(4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 Example 67 and except that 4- (4-methyl-benzy! Oxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 7 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 In the same manner and under the same conditions, the polymer of Example 73 was obtained (Mw = 69k, PDI = 4.13, yield = 77%). Example 74: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene Same as Example 67 except that 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 8 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 74 (Mw = 81 k, PDI = 3.49, yield = 84%). Example 75: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 9의 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 75의 증합체를 얻었다 (Mw=55k, PDI = 5.37, 수율 = 68%). 실시예 76: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^] '개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-methyl-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 9 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The polymer of Example 75 was obtained by the method and the conditions (Mw = 55k, PDI = 5.37, yield = 68%). Example 76: Preparation of Polymers by 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ 'Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시예 10의 Example 10 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1

4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 76의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=88k, PDI = 3.56, 수율 = 84%)· 실시예 77: 4-(4-m ethoxy-benzyloxy)-ci n na mate-5-methyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 76 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) was used as the monomer (Mw = 88 k, PDI = 3.56) , Yield = 84%) Example 77: Preparation of polymer by ring-opening polymerization of 4- (4-m ethoxy-benzyloxy) -ci n mate-5-methyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 11의 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 77의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=81k, PDI = 3.14, 수율 = 80%). 실시예 78: 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 12의 4-(4-methoxy-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 78의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=84k, PDI = 3.90, 수율 = 73%). 실시예 79: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene^ 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 Same as Example 67 except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 11 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 77 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 81 k, PDI = 3.14, yield = 80%). Example 78: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-methoxy-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 12 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 78 (Mw = 84 k, PDI = 3.90, yield = 73%). Example 79: Polymer preparation by 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene ^ ring-opening polymerization and hydrogenation reaction

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 13의 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 79의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=49k, PDI = 4.53, 수율 =55%). 실시예 80: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 13 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 And the polymer of Example 79 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 49 k, PDI = 4.53, yield = 55%). Example 80 Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 14의 Example 14 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1

4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 80의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=53k, PDI = 3.91, 수율 =51%). 실시예 81: 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 80 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) was used as a monomer (Mw = 53 k, PDI = 3.91, yield = 51%). Example 81: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 15의 4-(2-naphthalene-methyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 81의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=59k, PDI = 3.99, 수율 =54%). 실시예 82: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 16의 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 82의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=93k, PDI = 3.49, 수율 = 88%). 실시예 83: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 중합체 제조 Same as Example 67, except that 4- (2-naphthalene-methyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 15 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 81 was obtained by the method and the conditions (Mw = 59 k, PDI = 3.99, yield = 54%). Example 82 Preparation of Polymers by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 16 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 and The polymer of Example 82 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 93 k, PDI = 3.49, yield = 88%). Example 83 Polymer Preparation by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 17의 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 83의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=85k, PDI =4.26, 수율 =81%). 실시예 84: 4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 와개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 17 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. And the polymer of Example 83 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 85k, PDI = 4.26, yield = 81%). Example 84 Polymer Preparation by 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene ring-opening polymerization and hydrogenation reaction

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시예 18의Instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1 ■ of Example 18

4-(4-methylketone benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 84의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=94k, PDI =4.56, 수율 =71%). 실시예 85: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 개환 증합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 84 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-methylketone benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) was used as a monomer (Mw = 94 k, PDI = 4.56). , Yield = 71%). Example 85 Polymerization by Ring Opening and Hydrogenation of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 19의 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 85의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=42k, PDI = 4.37, 수율 =54%). 실시예 86: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 20의 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 86의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=45k, PDI = 3.92, 수율 = 52%). 실시예 87: 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의 한 중합체 제조 The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 19 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 and The polymer of Example 85 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 42k, PDI = 4.37, yield = 54%). Example 86: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol) of Example 20 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. And the polymer of Example 86 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 45 k, PDI = 3.92, yield = 52%). Example 87: Preparation of polymers by ring-opening polymerization of 4- (1-phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 21의 4-(1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy)-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제꾀하고는 실시 예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 87의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=44k, PDI = 4.52, 수율 = 43%). 실시 예 88: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 개환 증합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의 한 중합체 제조  The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (1 -phenyl perfluoroheptyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 21 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. And the polymer of Example 87 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 44 k, PDI = 4.52, yield = 43%). Example 88: Preparation of polymer by ring-opening synthesis of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene and hydrogenation reaction

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 여 ] 22의 Of Example 1 by conducting instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene]

4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 88의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=82k, PDI = 3.44, 수율 = 70%). 실시 예 89: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 증합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의 한 중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 88 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene (50 mmol) was used as the monomer (Mw = 82 k, PDI = 3.44 , Yield = 70%). Example 89 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시 예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시 예 23의 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시 예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시 예 89의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=76k, PDI = 3.67, 수율 = 73%). 실시예 90: 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의 한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 24의 4-(4-benzyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 90의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=68k, PDI = 4.81, 수율 =65%). 실시예 91: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 중합체 제조 Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 23 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The polymer of Example 89 was obtained by the method and the conditions (Mw = 76k, PDI = 3.67, yield = 73%). Example 90: Ring-opening polymerization of 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and polymer preparation by hydrogenation reaction Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-benzyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 24 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The polymer of Example 90 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 68k, PDI = 4.81, yield = 65%). Example 91 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시여 I 25의 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 91의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=51k, PDI =4.72, 수율 =41%). 실시예 92: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 증합체 제조  Example 67 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of I 25 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 91 was obtained by the same methods and conditions as in (Mw = 51k, PDI = 4.72, yield = 41%). Example 92 Preparation of Polymers by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene

실시여 1 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene 대신 실시예 26의 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 92의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=55k, PDI = 4.13, 수율 =47%). 실시예 93: 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  Example 1 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 26 was used instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbomene of Example 1 1. The polymer of Example 92 was obtained by the same method and condition as 67 (Mw = 55k, PDI = 4.13, yield = 47%). Example 93: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 27의 4-(4-fluoro-phenyloxy)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 93의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=49k, PDI =4.11, 수율 =42%). 실시예 94: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 28의 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 94의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=53k, PDI = 3.01, 수율 = 56%). 실시예 95: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 Example 67 except that 4- (4-fluoro-phenyloxy) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 27 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 93 was obtained by the same methods and conditions as in (Mw = 49k, PDI = 4.11, yield = 42%). Example 94: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene and Hydrogenation The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 28 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 And the polymer of Example 94 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 53 k, PDI = 3.01, yield = 56%). Example 95: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 29의 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 95의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=72k, PDI =3.95, 수율 = 55%). 실시예 96: 4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 29 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The polymer of Example 95 was obtained by the method and the conditions (Mw = 72k, PDI = 3.95, yield = 55%). Example 96: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 30의 Example 30 instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1

4-(4-trifluoromethyl)-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 96의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=59k, PDI = 3.72, 수율 =50%). 실시예 97: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbomene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 The polymer of Example 96 was obtained by the same method and conditions as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-trifluoromethyl) -benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) was used as a monomer (Mw = 59 k, PDI = 3.72, yield = 50%). Example 97: Polymerization by Ring Opening Polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbomene and Hydrogenation

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 31의 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)-cinnamate-5-norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 97의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=97k, PDI = 3.14, 수율 =80%). 실시예 98: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene 의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반웅에 의한 중합체 제조 실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 32의 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 98의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=93k, PDI = 3.28, 수율 = 83%). 실시예 .99: 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene의 개환 중합 및 수소 첨가 반응에 의한 중합체 제조 The same method as in Example 67, except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 31 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1. And the polymer of Example 97 was obtained under conditions (Mw = 97 k, PDI = 3.14, yield = 80%). Example 98: Preparation of polymers by ring-opening polymerization of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene and hydrogenation reaction Same as Example 67 except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-methyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 32 was used as the monomer instead of 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1 The polymer of Example 98 was obtained by the method and condition (Mw = 93 k, PDI = 3.28, yield = 83%). Example .99 Preparation of Polymer by Ring Opening Polymerization and Hydrogenation of 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene

실시예 1의 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene 대신 실시예 33의 4-(4-bromo-benzyloxy)- cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50mmol)을 모노머로 사용한 것을 제외하고는 실시예 67와 동일한 방법 및 조건으로 실시예 99의 중합체를 얻었다 (Mw=88k, PDI = 3.93, 수율 = 81%).  Except for 4-benzyloxy-cinnamate-5-norbornene of Example 1, except that 4- (4-bromo-benzyloxy) -cinnamate-5-ethyl norbornene (50 mmol) of Example 33 was used as the monomer, and was the same as that of Example 67. The methods and conditions gave the polymer of Example 99 (Mw = 88 k, PDI = 3.93, yield = 81%).

<실험예 > 배향막 등의 제조 및 특성 평가 Experimental Example Preparation and Characterization of the Alignment Film

glass 기판 위에 실시예 35 및 44의 광배향성 중합체 (용액대비 2내지 3wt%)를 녹인 toluene용액을 떨어뜨리고, spin coating을 진행하였다. 10C C에서 2분간 건조한 후, 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 일정 편광 방향을 갖는 UV 편광을 조사하여 1차 광배향을 진행한 후, 편광 방향을 돌리기 위해 배향막을 90° 만큼 회전시켰다. 1차 광배향과 동일 조건에서 UV 편광을 조사하여 2차 광배향을 진행하였다. 1차 및 2차 광배향시의 총 광량은 조사 시간을 통해 조절하였으며, 총 광량은 하기 표 1에 정리된 바와 같았다. The toluene solution in which the photo-oriented polymers (2 to 3 wt% of the solution) of Examples 35 and 44 were dissolved on the glass substrate was dropped, and spin coating was performed. After drying for 2 minutes at 10C C, the wavelength of 280 to 315nm and UV polarization having a predetermined polarization direction was irradiated to proceed with the first photoalignment, and the alignment layer was rotated by 90 ° to turn the polarization direction. UV polarization was performed under the same conditions as the primary photoalignment to proceed the secondary photoalignment. The total light amount during the primary and secondary photo-alignment was adjusted through the irradiation time, the total light amount was as summarized in Table 1 below.

한편 1차 및 2차 광배향 후에 각각 흡광도를 UV absorbance를 통해 측정하였다. 이때, 기준파장은 300nm를 사용하였고, UV-vis spectrometer를 이용해 각각의 흡광도를 측정하였다. 이러한 흡광도 측정 결과로부터 1차 및 2차 광배향 후의 흡광도 A1 및 A2를 도출하고, 하기 식 1로부터 흡광을 (AR)을 구하여 하기 표 1에 표시하였다.  On the other hand, absorbance was measured through UV absorbance after the first and second photo alignment. At this time, the reference wavelength was used 300nm, and the absorbance was measured using a UV-vis spectrometer. From these absorbance measurement results, the absorbances A1 and A2 after primary and secondary photoalignment were derived, and absorbance (AR) was obtained from Equation 1 below and is shown in Table 1 below.

[식 1]  [Equation 1]

흡광율 (AR) = ( | A1 - A2 | )/(A1 + A2) 상기 식 에서, A1은 1차 광배향 후에 , 약 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최 대 흡수 파장 (본 시험 예에서는 약 300nm)에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타내며 , A2는 2차 광배향 후에, 약 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최 대 흡수 파장 (본 시험 예에서는 약 300nm)에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흠광도를 나타낸다. Absorbance (AR) = (| A1-A2 |) / (A1 + A2) In the above formula, A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured after the first photoalignment at the maximum absorption wavelength (about 300 nm in this test example) of about 280 to 330 nm, and A2 after the second photoalignment, The flaw of the photo-oriented polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength (about 300 nm in this test example) of the wavelength of about 280 to 330 nm.

또, 1차 및 2차 광배향을 진행한 후에, 전체 배향막의 면적 대비 미배향 부분 (육안 판별)의 면적 비율을 산출하고, 이에 따라 5점 기준으로 배향성을 평가하여 하기 표 1에 함께 표시하였다.  In addition, after the first and second optical alignment is performed, the area ratio of the unoriented part (visual discrimination) to the area of the entire alignment layer is calculated, and accordingly, the orientation is evaluated on a five-point basis, and the results are shown in Table 1 below. .

[표 1] TABLE 1

Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001

Figure imgf000064_0001
상기 표 1을 참고하면, 약 0.02 이상의 흡광율 (AR)을 층족하는 ENTRY 1 내지 33는 실시 예의 광배향성 중합체를 사용한 실험 결과로서, 1차 및 2차 배향 후에 우수한 배향성을 나타냄이 확인되 었고, 특히, 2차 배향 후에도 편광 방향에 따른 배향방향의 변화가 자유로워 우수한 배향성을 나타냄이 확인되 었다.
Figure imgf000064_0001
Referring to Table 1, ENTRY 1 to 33 that satisfies the absorbance (AR) of about 0.02 or more, as an experimental result using the photoalignable polymer of the embodiment, it was confirmed that exhibits excellent orientation after the primary and secondary orientation, In particular, it was confirmed that even after the secondary alignment, the change in the orientation direction according to the polarization direction was free, thereby showing excellent orientation.

Claims

【특허청구범위】 [청구항 1】 하나 이상의 광반웅성 작용기가 치환된 고리형 올레핀계 반복단위를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체로서, 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향을 갖는 제 1 UV 편광을60 mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 1차 광배향을 진행한 후, 280 내지 315nm의 파장과, 제 1 편광 방향에서 90° 변화된 제 2 편광 방향을 갖는 제 2 UV 편광을 60 mJ/cm2 이하의 총 광량으로 조사하여 2차 광배향을 진행하였을 때, 하기 식 1로 정의되는 흡광율 (AR)이 0.02 이상인 광배향성 중합체: Claims [1] A photoalignable polymer comprising a cyclic olefin repeat unit in which at least one photoreactive functional group is substituted, the first UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a first polarization direction. After irradiating with a total amount of light of mJ / cm 2 or less and performing the first optical alignment, a second UV polarization having a wavelength of 280 to 315 nm and a second polarization direction changed by 90 ° in the first polarization direction is 60 mJ / cm 2 or less A photoalignable polymer having an absorbance (AR) of 0.02 or more, which is defined by Equation 1 when irradiated with the total amount of light and proceeds with secondary photoalignment: [식 1] [Equation 1] 흡광율 (AR) = ( | A1 - A2 | )/(A1 + A2)  Absorbance (AR) = (| A1-A2 |) / (A1 + A2) 상기 식에서, A1은 1차 광배향 후에, 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최대 흡수 파장에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타내며, A2는 2차 광배향 후에, 280 내지 330nm의 파장 중 최대 흡수 파장에서 측정된 광배향성 중합체의 흡광도를 나타낸다.  Wherein A1 represents the absorbance of the photoalignable polymer measured at the maximum absorption wavelength in wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the primary photoalignment, and A2 is measured at the maximum absorption wavelength in wavelengths of 280 to 330 nm after the secondary photoalignment. Absorbance of the photoalignable polymer. 【청구항 2】 [Claim 2] 제 1 항에 있어서, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 0.02 내지 0.08인 광배향성 중합체.  The photoalignable polymer of claim 1, wherein the absorbance (AR) is 0.02 to 0.08. 【청구항 3】 [Claim 3] 제 1 항에 있어서, 1차 광배향시의 총 광량이 20 내지 60 mJ/cm2이고, 2차 광배향시의 총 광량이 3 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 0.02 내지 0.05인 광배향성 중합체. The absorbance AR according to claim 1, wherein when the total light amount in the first photoalignment is 20 to 60 mJ / cm 2 and the total light amount in the second photoalignment is 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , Photo-oriented polymer that is 0.05. 【청구항 4】 [Claim 4] 제 1 항에 있어서, 1차 광배향시의 총 광량이 3 내지 20 mJ/cm2이고, 2차 광배향시의 총 광량이 3 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 0.02 내지 0.08인 광배향성 중합체. The method of claim 1, wherein the total amount of light in the first photo-alignment is 3 to 20 mJ / cm 2 , When the total amount of light at the time of secondary photo-alignment is 3 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the light absorption polymer (AR) is 0.02 to 0.08. 【청구항 5】 [Claim 5] 제 4 항에 있어서, 2차 광배향시의 총 광량이 15 내지 60 mJ/cm2일 때, 상기 흡광율 (AR)이 0.04 내지 0.08인 광배향성 중합체. The photoalignment polymer of claim 4, wherein when the total amount of light upon secondary photoalignment is 15 to 60 mJ / cm 2 , the absorbance (AR) is 0.04 to 0.08. 【청구항 6】 [Claim 6] 제 1 항에 있어서, 상기 고리형 올레핀계 반복단위는 하기 화학식 3a 또는 3b의 반복단위를 포함하는 광배향성 중합체:  The photoalignable polymer of claim 1, wherein the cyclic olefin repeat unit comprises a repeat unit of Formula 3a or 3b: [화학식 3a] [화학식 3b]  [Formula 3a] [Formula 3b]
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
상기 화학식 3a 및 3b에서 각각 독립적으로,  Each independently in Chemical Formulas 3a and 3b, m은 50 내지 5000이고,  m is 50 to 5000, R1, R2, R3, 및 R4 중 적어도 하나는 하기 화학식 1a 및 1b로 이루어진 군으로부터 선택된 라디칼이며,  At least one of R1, R2, R3, and R4 is a radical selected from the group consisting of Formulas 1a and 1b, 화학식 1a 또는 1b의 라디칼인 것을 제의한 나머지 R1 내지 R4는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소; 할로겐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알케닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 선형 또는 분지형 알키닐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴; 및 산소ᅳ 질소, 인, 황, 실리콘, 및 보론 중에서 선택된 적 어도 하나 이상올 포함하는 극성 작용기로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, The remaining R 1 to R 4, which is one of the radicals of Formula 1a or 1b, are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkenyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted linear or branched alkynyl having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; And oxygen Selected from the group consisting of polar functional groups containing at least one selected from nitrogen, phosphorus, sulfur, silicon, and boron, 상기 R1 내지 R4 가 수소; 할로겐; 또는 극성 작용기가 아닌 경우, R1 과 R2, R3 와 R4로 이루어진 군에서 선택된 하나 이상의 조합이 서로 연결되어 탄소수 1 내지 10의 알킬리 덴 그룹을 형성하거나, 또는 R1 또는 R2 가 R3 및 R4 중의 어느 하나와 연결되 어 탄소수 4 내지 12의 포화 또는 불포화 지방족 고리, 또는 탄소수 6 내지 24의 방향족 고리를 형성할 수 있으며,  R1 to R4 are hydrogen; halogen; Or when it is not a polar functional group, at least one combination selected from the group consisting of R1 and R2, R3 and R4 is connected to each other to form an alkylidene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, or R1 or R2 is any one of R3 and R4 May be linked with to form a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic ring having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, or an aromatic ring having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, [화학식 1a] [화학식 1 b]  [Formula 1a] [Formula 1 b]
Figure imgf000067_0001
상기 화학식 1a 및 1 b에서 ,
Figure imgf000067_0001
In Chemical Formulas 1a and 1 b,
A는 단순결합, 산소, 황 또는 -NH-이고,  A is a simple bond, oxygen, sulfur or -NH-, B는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시 , 에스테르, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로아릴렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고,  B is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C20 alkylene, carbonyl, carboxy, ester, substituted or unsubstituted C6-C40 arylene, and substituted or unsubstituted C6-C40 hetero Selected from the group consisting of arylene, X는 산소 또는 황이고;  X is oxygen or sulfur; R9는 단순결합, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알케닐렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 3 내지 12의 시클로알킬렌, 치환 또는 비 치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 7 내지 15의 아르알킬렌, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 2 내지 20의 알키 닐렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되며,  R9 is a simple bond, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted Arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted aralkylene having 7 to 15 carbon atoms, and substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, R10 내지 R14 중 적어도 하나는 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)로 표시되는 라디칼이고, 이를 제외 한 나머지 R10 O 2014/038868 At least one of R10 to R14 is a radical represented by -L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms), except for the remaining R10. O 2014/038868 내지 R14는 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소, 할로겐, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴 및 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 헤테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 헤테로 아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고, To R14 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; It is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms and hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing a hetero element of Group 14, 15 or 16, L은 산소, 황, -NH-, 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알킬렌, 카보닐, 카르복시, -CONH- 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴렌으로 이루어진 군에서 선택되고,  L is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, -NH-, substituted or unsubstituted alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, carbonyl, carboxy, -CONH- and substituted or unsubstituted arylene having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; , R15는 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내자 10의 알킬이고,  R15 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, R16은 단순결합, -0-, -C(=O)0-, -OC(=0)-, -NH-, -S- 및 -C(=0)-로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다.  R16 is selected from the group consisting of a simple bond, -0-, -C (= 0) 0-, -OC (= 0)-, -NH-, -S- and -C (= 0)-.
【청구항 7】 [Claim 7] 제 6 항에 있어서, 상기 -L-R15-R16- (치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴)의 라디칼은 하기 화학식 2로 표시되는 라디칼인 광배향성 중합체:  The photoalignable polymer of claim 6, wherein the radical of -L-R15-R16- (substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms) is a radical represented by Formula 2 below: [화학식 2】  [Formula 2]
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
상기 화학식 2에서 R15 및 R16은 화학식 1에서 정의된 바와 같고, R17 내지 R21은 서로 동일하거나 상이하고, 각각 독립적으로 수소; 할로겐; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1내지 20의 알킬; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 1 내지 20의 알콕시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 30의 아릴옥시 ; 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 아릴; 14족, 15족 또는 16족의 해테로 원소를 포함하는 탄소수 6 내지 40의 해테로 아릴, 및 치환 또는 비치환된 탄소수 6 내지 40의 알콕시아릴로 이루어진 군에서 선택된다. R15 and R16 in Chemical Formula 2 are as defined in Chemical Formula 1, and R17 to R21 are the same as or different from each other, and each independently hydrogen; halogen; Substituted or unsubstituted alkyl having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 6 to 30 carbon atoms; Substituted or unsubstituted aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms; 14, 15, or It is selected from the group consisting of hetero aryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms containing a hetero group of group 16, and substituted or unsubstituted alkoxyaryl having 6 to 40 carbon atoms.
【청구항 8】 [Claim 8] 제 7 항에 있어서, 상기 화학식 2로 표시되는 라디칼은 비치환되거나, 할로겐 또는 탄소수 1 내지 3의 알콕시로 치환된 벤질옥시 인 광배향성 중합체 .  The photoalignable polymer of claim 7, wherein the radical represented by Chemical Formula 2 is unsubstituted or substituted with halogen or alkoxy having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. 【청구항 9】 [Claim 9] 제 6 항에 있어서 , 10000 내지 1000000의 중량 평균 분자량을 갖는 광배향성 중합체 .  7. The photoalignable polymer of claim 6 having a weight average molecular weight of 10000 to 1000000. 【청구항 10】 [Claim 10] 제 1 항 내지 제 9 항 중 어느 한 항의 광배향성 중합체를 포함하는 배향막.  The alignment film containing the photo-alignment polymer of any one of Claims 1-9. 【청구항 11】 [Claim 11] 제 10 항의 배향막과, 배향막 상의 액정층을 포함하는 액정 위상차 필름.  A liquid crystal retardation film comprising the alignment film of claim 10 and a liquid crystal layer on the alignment film. 【청구항 12】 [Claim 12] 제 11 항에 있어서 , 상기 배향막은 광배향성 중합체의 배향 방향이 서로 상이한 2종의 배향막을 포함하고, 상기 액정층은 각 배향막에 의해 배향된 2개 영 역으로 구분되어 패터닝 된 액정 위상차 필름.  The liquid crystal retardation film of claim 11, wherein the alignment layer comprises two types of alignment layers having different alignment directions of photoalignable polymers, and the liquid crystal layer is divided into two regions oriented by the alignment layers and patterned. 【청구항 13】 [Claim 13] 제 10 항의 배향막을 포함하는 표시 소자.  A display element comprising the alignment film of claim 10. 【청구항 14] 제 11 항 또는 제 12 항의 액정 위상차 필름을 포함하는 표시 소자ᅳ 【청구항 15】 [Claim 14] The display element containing the liquid crystal retardation film of Claim 11 or 12. Claim 15 저 I 14 항에 있어서 , 입체 표시장치 인 표시 소자.  A display element according to claim 14, which is a stereoscopic display device.
PCT/KR2013/008025 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same Ceased WO2014038868A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/419,634 US20150210792A1 (en) 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photo-alignment polymer, alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising the same
JP2015531007A JP2015533883A (en) 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photoalignable polymer, alignment film containing the same, and liquid crystal retardation film
CN201380046833.5A CN104619733A (en) 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR20120099570 2012-09-07
KR10-2012-0099570 2012-09-07
KR1020130106598A KR20140032904A (en) 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photoalignment polymer, alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising the same
KR10-2013-0106598 2013-09-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014038868A1 true WO2014038868A1 (en) 2014-03-13

Family

ID=50237407

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/KR2013/008025 Ceased WO2014038868A1 (en) 2012-09-07 2013-09-05 Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2014038868A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR19990030881A (en) * 1997-10-07 1999-05-06 윤종용 Wide viewing angle liquid crystal display device
KR19990045029A (en) * 1997-11-05 1999-06-25 가나이 쓰도무 LCD and polarization irradiation method and device
KR20030095403A (en) * 2001-05-10 2003-12-18 니폰 가야꾸 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystalline compound and phase difference film using the same
KR20100083103A (en) * 2009-01-12 2010-07-21 주식회사 엘지화학 Norbornene polymer comprising photoreactive functional group with halogen substituents, method for preparing the same, and algnment layer using the same
KR20120069652A (en) * 2010-09-27 2012-06-28 주식회사 엘지화학 Cyclic olefin compound, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR19990030881A (en) * 1997-10-07 1999-05-06 윤종용 Wide viewing angle liquid crystal display device
KR19990045029A (en) * 1997-11-05 1999-06-25 가나이 쓰도무 LCD and polarization irradiation method and device
KR20030095403A (en) * 2001-05-10 2003-12-18 니폰 가야꾸 가부시끼가이샤 Liquid crystalline compound and phase difference film using the same
KR20100083103A (en) * 2009-01-12 2010-07-21 주식회사 엘지화학 Norbornene polymer comprising photoreactive functional group with halogen substituents, method for preparing the same, and algnment layer using the same
KR20120069652A (en) * 2010-09-27 2012-06-28 주식회사 엘지화학 Cyclic olefin compound, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101300726B1 (en) Cyclic olefin compound, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR101205475B1 (en) Photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR101307494B1 (en) Compound having photoreactive group, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR101544562B1 (en) Cyclic olefin compound having photoreactive group and photoreactive polymer
KR101555010B1 (en) Photoreactive polymer and preparation method thereof
KR101071401B1 (en) Photoreactive norbornene copolymer, preparation method thereof and alignment film comprising same
KR101735688B1 (en) Cyclic olefin compound, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR101719686B1 (en) Photoreactive copolymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR101718941B1 (en) Cyclic olefin compound having photoreactive group and photoreactive polymer
WO2014038868A1 (en) Photoalignment polymer, and alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising same
KR101740655B1 (en) Cyclic olefin compound, photoreactive polymer and alignment layer comprising the same
KR20140032904A (en) Photoalignment polymer, alignment layer and liquid crystal retardation film comprising the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13836141

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14419634

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015531007

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13836141

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1